الرِّسَالَةُ إِلَى الْعِبْرَانِيينَ

‫ين‬ ‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرانِيﱢ َ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫الر َ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣـﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫أوال‪ :‬كاتبھا ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﺍﺴﻤﻪ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻴﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻴﻬـﻭﺩﻯ ﻗﺭﺍﺀﺘﻬـﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻨﻅﺭًﺍ ﻟﻀﻴﻘﻬﻡ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭﻩ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻭﻅﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺤﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜل ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻨـﺎﻤﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺍﺭﺘﺒﻁﻭﺍ ﺒﻪ ﻁﻭﺍل ﻋﻤﺭﻫﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺍﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻭﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﺘﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺒﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﺌل‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻌﻘﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺎﺕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩﻴﻥ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺭﺴـﺎﻟﺘﻴﻪ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻼﻁﻴﺔ )ﺭﻭ‪  ،‬ﻭﻏل ‪ .(‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﺸﺨﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘـﺩﻴﻡ )ﺹ‪(-‬‬ ‫ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩﻩ ﻭﺒﺤﺜﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺒﺘﻔﻨﻴـﺩﻫـﺎ ﻭﻭﺼﻔﻬﺎ ﺒﺘﻔﺎﺼﻴل ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫)‪‬ﻜﻭ‪ (‬ﻭﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ )ﺹ‪.(‬‬

‫ثانيا ‪ :‬لمن كتبت ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺴﻤﻴﺘﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺒﺭﺍﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭًﺍ ﺸﺎﺌﻌًﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺭﺍﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﻴﺭﺠﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ "ﻋﺎﺒﺭ" ﺃﺤﺩ ﺠﺩﻭﺩ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ )ﺘـﻙ‪،( :‬‬ ‫ﻭﺩﻋﻰ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺃﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺒﺭﺍﻨﻰ )ﺘﻙ‪ ( :‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺠـﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺒﺭ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻋﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺭﻴﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻜﻨﻌﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺩﻋﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪3‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺁﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺀ ﺘﺸﻴﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻜﺘﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻜﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ ﻭﻓﻠﺴﻁﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ثالثًا‪ :‬زمن كتابتھا ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫راب ًعا‪ :‬مكان كتابتھا ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﺴﺠﻭﻨﹰﺎ ﻭﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﺫﻜﺭ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﻜﺘﺒﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻴﻁﺎﻟﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫سا‪ :‬أغراضھا ‪:‬‬ ‫خام ً‬ ‫‪َ -1‬ﻤ ﹶﻨ َﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺘﻨﺼﺭﻭﺍ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺩﺨﻭل ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜل ﻭﺍﻀﻁﻬﺩﻭﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺘـﻰ ﻻ ﻴﺘﺸـﻜﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻋﺎﺸﻭﺍ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻜﺘﺏ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﻟﻬـﻡ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﻤﺯًﺍ ﻟﻠﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﻴﻜﻤل ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﹶﺘ َﻌﺭﱠﺽ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺘﻨﺼﺭﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺨﻭﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺘﺏ ﻴﺜﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻴﺴﻨﺩﻫﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪.‬‬

‫سا‪ :‬أقسامھا‪:‬‬ ‫ساد ً‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺎﺕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻭﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻭﻴﺸﻭﻉ ﻭﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻹﺜﺒـﺎﺕ ﺘﻔـﻭﻕ ﻭﻋﻅﻤـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ )ﺹ‪.(5-1‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺃﺤﺎﺩﻴﺙ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﻤﺯ ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ )ﺹ‪.(7 ،6‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻯ )ﺹ‪.(10-8‬‬ ‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ )ﺹ‪.(13-11‬‬

‫‪4‬‬

‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ين‬ ‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرانِيﱢ َ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫الر َ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬المسيح واألنبياء )ع ‪:(3-1‬‬ ‫ﲑ ِﺓ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﲑﺓٍ‪ 2 ،‬ﹶﻛﻠﱠ َﻤَﻨﺎ ﻓِﻲ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍ َﻷﻳﱠﺎ ﹺﻡ ﺍ َﻷ ِﺧ َ‬ ‫ﻕ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫‪1‬ﹶﺍﷲُ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ْﻌ َﺪ ﻣَﺎ ﹶﻛﻠﱠ َﻢ ﺍﻵﺑَﺎ َﺀ ﺑﹺﺎ َﻷْﻧﹺﺒﻴَﺎ ِﺀ ﹶﻗﺪِﳝﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻧْﻮَﺍﻉﹴ َﻭﻃﹸﺮُ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺠ ِﺪﻩِ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺭ ْﺳﻢُ‬ ‫ﺍْﺑﹺﻨ ِﻪ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ َﺟ َﻌ ﹶﻠﻪُ ﻭَﺍﺭﹺﺛﹰﺎ ِﻟ ﹸﻜﻞﱢ َﺷ ْﻲﺀٍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ َﻋ ِﻤ ﹶﻞ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟ ِﻤﲔَ‪3 .‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻫُ َﻮ َﺑﻬَﺎ ُﺀ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ ﹶﻈ َﻤ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻓِﻲ َﻳ ِﻤ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨﻄﹶﺎﻳَﺎﻧَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﺟ ﹶﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻪ َﺗ ﹾﻄﻬﹺﲑﹰﺍ ِﻟ َ‬ ‫َﺟ ْﻮ َﻫ ﹺﺮﻩِ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺣَﺎﻣِﻞﹲ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺷﻴَﺎ ِﺀ ﹺﺑ ﹶﻜ ِﻠ َﻤ ِﺔ ﹸﻗ ْﺪ َﺭِﺗﻪِ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ْﻌ َﺪ ﻣَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺻَﻨ َﻊ ﹺﺑَﻨ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﻋَﺎﻟِﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻜﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻤﻊ ﺇﺨﻭﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺭﺍﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺁﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻭﻜﻴﻑ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻷﻨﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﺄﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻭﻁﺭﻕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺤﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻅﻬﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻤﻭﺯ ﺒﺄﻨﻭﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﻭﺨﻼﻓﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺒﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﻷﻨﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻓﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺴﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﻨﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﺜﺒﱢﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺼﺭﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺘﺸﻜﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﺇﺨﻭﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻭﺤﺭﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﺇﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺩﺨﻭل ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜل‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺘﻤﻬﻴ ًﺩﺍ ﻟﻠﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻤﻭﺯ ﺘﺒﻁل ﺒﻤﺠﺊ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻤﻭﺯ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﻜل ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪5‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرانِيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ع‪ :2‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺜﹰﺎ ﻟﻜل ﺸﺊ ‪ :‬ﺃﻋﻠﻥ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﺎﻟﻙ ﻟﻜل ﺸﺊ ﻓﻬﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻨﺎ ﺒﺩﻤـﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺒﺒﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﺼﺎﺭ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻺﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﻤﺴﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺏ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ ﺼﺭﱠﺡ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻗﺎل "ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻟﻶﺏ ﻫﻭ ﻟﻰ" )ﻴﻭ‪.(15 :16‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺃﺯﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩ ﺨﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺴـﻤﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﻭﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻷﻨﺒﻴـﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺒل ﺍﷲ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺨﻠﻕ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺜﻡ ﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻤلﺀ ﺍﻟﺯﻤـﺎﻥ ﻭﺒﺒـﺭﻩ ﻭﻓﺩﺍﺌـﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﺨﺎﻀﻌﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻤﺘﺴﻠﻁﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :3‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻭﻫﻭ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻤﺠﺩﻩ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻨﻭﺭ ﺍﻵﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻨﻭﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻼﻫﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻷﻨـﻪ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻤﺠﺩ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﺃﺯﻟﻰ ﻤﺜل ﺃﺯﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺘﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴ ﱠﺩﻋﻰ ﺒﻌـﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﻜﻜﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻻﻫﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺴﻡ ﺠﻭﻫﺭﻩ ‪ :‬ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻟﻼﻫﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﻭﻫﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺩ ﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﺴـﻤﻪ ﻭﺸـﻜﻠﻪ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺠﻭﻫﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻅﻬﺭ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﻨﻅﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻤلﺀ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺭﺴﻡ ﻟﻴﺱ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗل‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺩﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸـﻜﻴﻙ ﻓـﻰ ﻻﻫـﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺸﻴﺌًﺎ ﺁﺨﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻨﻔﺼ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻫﻭ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺠﻭﻫﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ "ﺍﷲ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺭﻩ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻗﻁ ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴـﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻀﻥ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺨﺒﱠﺭ" )ﻴﻭ‪.(18 :1‬‬ ‫ﺤﺎﻤل ﻜل ﺍﻷﺸﻴﺎﺀ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﻀﺎﺒﻁ ﻜل ﺍﻷﺸﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻨـﻰ ﺒﻬـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬـﻭ‬ ‫ﻴﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻴﺩﻴﻪ ﻭﻴﺩﺒﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺨﺎﻟﻘﻬﺎ ﺒل ﻤﺩﺒﱢﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻗﺩﺭﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺤﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺨﻠﻘﺕ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻭﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻰ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﺸﺊ ﻭﺘﺩﺒﱢﺭ ﺍﻟﻜل‪.‬‬

‫‪6‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺼﻨﻊ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭًﺍ ﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻨﺎ ‪ :‬ﺘﻤﱠﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻴﻁﻬﺭ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴـﺎﻫﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠﻠﺱ ﻓﻰ ﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﺎﻟﻰ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﺘﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﺒﻤﻌﻨـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﻓﻠﻴﺱ ﻟـﻪ ﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﺼﻌﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺍﻷﺯل ﻭﺃﺨﻔﺎﻩ ﺒﺘﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﺘﻀﺎﻋﻪ ﻟﻴﺘﻤﻡ ﻓﺩﺍﺀﻨﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻯ ﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻠﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﻤﻭ ﻋـﻥ‬ ‫ﺫﻫﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺘﺎﺒﻊ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺤﺩﻴﺜﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﺍﷲ ﺨﺎﻟﻕ ﻭﻤـﺩﺒﺭ ﻜـل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠـﻭﺩﺍﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﻭﺃﺨﻠﻰ ﺫﺍﺘﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﻤﻡ ﻓﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺜﻡ ﺼﻌﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺘﻅﻬـﺭ ﻋﻅﻤـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺭﻤﺯ ﻭﺘﻤﻬﺩ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﺸﺘﻬﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻤﻌﻙ ﺩﺍﺌﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻰ ﺤﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﻴﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺴﺘﺠﻴﺏ ﺒﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺒﺄﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﺤﻭﻟﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﻗﺭﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻨﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺼﻭﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻰ ﺘﺘﻭﺏ‬

‫ﻭﺘﺭﺠﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻓﺭﻁ ﺤﺒﻪ ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻙ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﻭﺩﻤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﺒﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﻬل ﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺩﻋﻭﻙ ﻷﺤﻀﺎﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻤﺎﺯﻟﺕ ﺘﻅﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻬًﺎ ﻤﺒﻬﻤًﺎ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﻓﻰ ﺴﻤﺎﻩ ؟‬ ‫ﺒﻌﻴﺩًﺍ ﻋﻨﻙ ﻤﻨﻔﺼ ﹰ‬

‫)‪ (2‬المسيح والمالئكة )ع ‪:(14-4‬‬ ‫ﻼِﺋ ﹶﻜ ِﺔ ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ‬ ‫ﻀ ﹶﻞ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻬﻢْ‪َ 5 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ِﻟ َﻤ ْﻦ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺙ ﺍﺳْﻤﹰﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َ‬ ‫ﻼِﺋ ﹶﻜ ِﺔ ﹺﺑ ِﻤ ﹾﻘﺪَﺍ ﹺﺭ ﻣَﺎ َﻭ ﹺﺭ ﹶ‬ ‫‪4‬ﺻَﺎﺋِﺮﹰﺍ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ ﹶﻈ َﻢ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻚ«؟ َﻭﹶﺃﻳْﻀﺎﹰ‪» :‬ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃﻛﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﺃﹶﺑﹰﺎ َﻭﻫُ َﻮ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ِﻟ َﻲ ﺍﺑْﻨﹰﺎ«؟ ‪َ 6‬ﻭﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ﻣَﺘَﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﺩ َﺧ ﹶﻞ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍْﺑﻨﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﺍﹾﻟَﻴ ْﻮ َﻡ َﻭﹶﻟﺪْﺗُ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻗﻂﱡ‪» :‬ﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﷲ«‪َ 7 .‬ﻭ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻼِﺋ ﹶﻜ ِﺔ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺠ ْﺪ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ َﻣ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺴُ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺒ ﹾﻜ َﺮ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟ ﹺﻢ َﻳﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪َ » :‬ﻭﹾﻟَﺘ ْ‬ ‫ﻼِﺋ ﹶﻜَﺘﻪُ ﹺﺭﻳَﺎﺣﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻼِﺋ ﹶﻜ ِﺔ َﻳﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﹺﻧﻊُ َﻣ ﹶ‬

‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍ ْﺳِﺘﻘﹶﺎ َﻣ ٍﺔ ﹶﻗﻀِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻳَﺎ ﹶﺃﷲُ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺩ ْﻫ ﹺﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﱡﻫُﻮﺭﹺ‪ .‬ﹶﻗﻀِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻧَﺎ ﹴﺭ«‪َ 8 .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ َﻋ ْﻦ ﺍ ِﻻْﺑﻦﹺ‪» :‬ﻛﹸ ْﺮ ِﺳﻴﱡ َ‬ ‫َﻭﺧُﺪﱠﺍ َﻣﻪُ ﹶﻟﻬﹺﻴ َ‬

‫ﺝ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﹶﺜ َﺮ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍ ِﻻْﺑِﺘﻬَﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹺﺑ َﺰ ْﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹺﺇﹶﻟﻬُ َ‬ ‫ﻚﺍُ‬ ‫ﺤ َ‬ ‫ﺴَ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍ ِﻹﹾﺛﻢَ‪ِ .‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻀ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺒﺮﱠ َﻭﹶﺃْﺑ َﻐ ْ‬ ‫ﻣُ ﹾﻠ ِﻜﻚَ‪9 .‬ﹶﺃ ْﺣَﺒ ْﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺭﺽَ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎﻭَﺍﺕُ ِﻫ َﻲ َﻋ َﻤﻞﹸ َﻳ َﺪْﻳﻚَ‪ِ 11 .‬ﻫ َﻲ َﺗﺒﹺﻴ ُﺪ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻳَﺎ َﺭﺏﱡ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟَﺒ ْﺪ ِﺀ ﹶﺃﺳﱠ ْ‬ ‫ﻚ«‪َ 10 .‬ﻭ»ﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬ ‫ُﺷ َﺮﻛﹶﺎِﺋ َ‬

‫ﺖ ﹶﺃْﻧﺖَ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ِﺳﻨُﻮ َﻙ ﹶﻟ ْﻦ َﺗ ﹾﻔﻨَﻰ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺏ َﺗ ْﺒﻠﹶﻰ‪َ 12 ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻛ ﹺﺮﺩَﺍ ٍﺀ َﺗ ﹾﻄﻮﹺﻳﻬَﺎ ﹶﻓَﺘَﺘ َﻐﻴﱠﺮُ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺖ َﺗ ْﺒﻘﹶﻰ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻛﹸ ﱡﻠﻬَﺎ ﹶﻛﹶﺜ ْﻮ ﹴ‬ ‫َﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬

‫‪7‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرانِيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ﺲ‬ ‫ﺿ َﻊ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﺪَﺍ َﺀ َﻙ َﻣ ْﻮﻃِﺌﹰﺎ ِﻟ ﹶﻘ َﺪ َﻣ ْﻴﻚَ؟« ‪14‬ﹶﺃﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻋ ْﻦ ﻳَﻤِﻴﻨﹺﻲ ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﹶﺃ َ‬ ‫ﻼِﺋ ﹶﻜ ِﺔ ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ﹶﻗﻂﱡ‪ِ» :‬ﺍ ْﺟ ِﻠ ْ‬ ‫‪13‬ﹸﺛﻢﱠ ِﻟ َﻤ ْﻦ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻼﺹَ!‬ ‫ﺨﹶ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﺪ َﻣ ِﺔ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌﺘِﻴﺪِﻳ َﻦ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ﹺﺮﺛﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫َﺟﻤِﻴ ُﻌ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﺃ ْﺭﻭَﺍﺣﹰﺎ ﺧَﺎ ِﺩ َﻣ ﹰﺔ ﻣُﺮْ َﺳ ﹶﻠ ﹰﺔ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ ِ‬ ‫ع‪ :4‬ﺼﺎﺌ ًﺭﺍ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﺴﺘﺭ ﱠﺩ ﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺩ‬ ‫ﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﻋﻨﻪ ﺒﺈﺭﺍﺩﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺙ ‪ :‬ﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﻤﺘﻠﻙ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﷲ ﺍﻵﺏ )ﻴﻭ‪.(35 :3‬‬ ‫ﺍﺴﻤﺎ ‪ :‬ﻤﻜﺎﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﺼﻌﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻰ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺨﻠﻘﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺍﷲ ﻤﺎﻟﻙ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻭﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﻠﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﺘﻔﻭﻗـﺔ ﻓـﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻬـﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﻫﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :5‬ﻟﻤَﻥ ﻤﻥ ‪ :‬ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﻴﻨﻔﻰ ﺒﻜل ﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﻋﻥ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻤﺴﺎﻭﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﻴﺢ ﻟـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺩﺤﺽ ﻋﻘﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺩﻓﻨﺘﺴﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺸﻬﻭﺩ ﻴﻬﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻤﻴﺨﺎﺌﻴل‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻗﺒل ﻜل ﺍﻟﺩﻫﻭﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺯﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻟﻭﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻗﺒل ﻜل ﺍﻟﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﻤﻘﺘﺒﺴًﺎ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ )ﻤـﺯ‪(7 :2‬‬ ‫ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ )ﻤﺯ‪ ،(27 ،26 :89‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻤﺴﺎ ﹴﻭ ﻟﻶﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻫﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻓﻤﺨﻠﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺨﻠﻘﻬﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻤﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺨﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻁﺒﻌًﺎ ﺒﻨﻭﺘﻨﺎ ﷲ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺒﻨﻰ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺒﻨﻭﺓ ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﻟﻶﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻫﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :6‬ﻤﺘﻰ ﺃﺩﺨل ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﺏ ﺃﺭﺴل ﻭﺃﺩﺨل ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺠﺴـﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﺫﺍ ﻟـﻴﺱ ﻤﻌﻨـﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻨﻔﺼﺎل ﺍﻵﺏ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﺒل ﻫﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻫﺭ ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺼﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺌﻪ ﻤﺜل ﻴﺩﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺠﻠﻪ ﻟﺘﺘﺤﺭﻙ ﻓﻬﻭ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺇﺜﻨﻴﻥ ﺒل ﺇﻨﺴـﺎﻨﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺤﺩًﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺭ ‪ :‬ﻗﺼﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﺘﻰ ﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﻭﺩﺨل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻓﻬﻭ‬ ‫ﺘﺨﻠﻰ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻜﺈﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺒﻜـﺭ‬

‫‪8‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻗﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﻨﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻗﺩﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺒﺩ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺒﻊ ﻻ ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﺨﻠﻭﻕ ﺒل ﻫﻭ ﺒﺎﺘﻀﺎﻋﻪ ﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﻟﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﺒﻜﺭًﺍ ﺒﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺒﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻯ ﺭﺃﺴﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺃﻭل ﻤﺨﻠﻭﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺴﺠﺩ ﻟﻪ ‪ :‬ﺃﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻰ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺩ ﻤﻥ )ﺴﻔﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﻨﻴﺔ ‪ (43 :32‬ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺠﻤـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ ﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩًﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﺘﺴﺠﺩ ﻟﻼﺒﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺒﺩﻴﻬﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻭﺩ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ ﻤـﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﺴﺠﺩﺕ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺨﺎﻟﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﺨﺎﻟﻕ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﺭﻴﺎﺤﺎ ‪ :‬ﻜﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻓﻰ ﻴﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻴﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻹﺭﺍﺩﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻫﻰ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ )ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ(‬ ‫ﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺭﻴﺢ )ﻴﻭﻥ‪.(4 :1‬‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻴﺏ ﻨﺎﺭ ‪ :‬ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻤﻠﺘﻬﺒﺔ ﺒﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺏ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﻴﺸﺒﻬﻬﻡ ﺒﻠﻬﻴﺏ ﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﻫﻭ ﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﺫﻜﺭﻩ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻴﺩﻩ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﺘﺸﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﺃﺨﺫﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ )ﻤﺯ‪ (4 :104‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﺡ ﻭﻟﻬﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻜﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻤﺨﻠﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺨﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻤﺨﻠﻭﻗﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻤﺜـل‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻘﻭل ﻋﻨﻪ "ﻜﺭﺴﻴﻙ ﻴﺎ ﺍﷲ‪."...‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﻜﺭﺴﻴﻙ ‪ :‬ﻋﺭﺸﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻠﻜﻙ ﺩﺍﺌﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻀﻴﺏ ‪ :‬ﺼﻭﻟﺠﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻤﻠﻜﻙ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺎﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻜﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒـﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭ )ﻤﺯ‪.(6 :45‬‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﺃﺤﺒﺒﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻭﺃﺒﻐﻀﺕ ﺍﻹﺜﻡ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺼﻔﺔ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻐﻴـﺭ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﻴﻔﻘﺩﻫﺎ ﺒﺄﻯ ﺴﺒﺏ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻤﻌﻁﺎﺓ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺒ ﱠﺭﻫﻡ ُﻤﻌﻁﹶـﻰ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻟﻴل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺴﻘﻭﻁ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺼﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺸﻴﺎﻁﻴﻥ )ﻴﻪ ‪.(6‬‬

‫‪9‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرانِيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ﻤﺴﺤﻙ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺨﺼﺼﻙ ﻹﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻬﻙ ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺴﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺌﻙ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻭﻙ ﻭﺍﻷﻨﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻭﺤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﻋﻤﻭﻤًﺎ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺌـﻕ ﺍﻟـﺫﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﻟﻴﺸﺒﻬﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺸﺊ ﻤﺎ ﺨﻼ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺢ ﻓﻴﻬﻡ "ﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ"‪ .‬ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻜﺜـﺭ‬ ‫ﺴَ‬ ‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻭﻙ ﻴُﻤﺴَﺤﻭﻥ ﺒﺯﻴﺕ ﻭﻴﻁﻠﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ُﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺌﻙ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻥ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻭﻙ ﻭﺍﻷﻨﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺠﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺫﻜﺭ )ﻤﺯ‪ ،(7 :45‬ﻓﻬﻡ ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺀ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺫﻴﺭ ﻭﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺼـﻭﺕ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﻤﺴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﻔﺩﺍﺌﻪ ﻭﺨﻼﺼﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻌﻪ ﻏﻴﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻤﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﻋﻥ‬ ‫ﻜل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻓﻬﻭ ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﻜل ﻓﺭﺡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻟﻜل ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺌـﻕ‬ ‫ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻀﺎ ﺘﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﻓﺘﻨﺘﻬﺯ ﻜـل‬ ‫ﻫل ﺘﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻓﺘﺴﻌﻰ ﻻﻗﺘﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل ؟ ﻟﻴﺘﻙ ﺃﻴ ً‬

‫ﻓﺭﺼﺔ ﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺴﻴﺒﻌﺩﻙ ﺘﺩﺭﻴﺠﻴًﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻜل ﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒـل ﻜﻠﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﺘﻤﺘﻌﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺴﺘﺒﻐﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :10‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ‪ :‬ﺯﻤﻥ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺨﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃ ﱠﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻰ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﻓﻰ )ﻤﺯ‪ (27-25 :102‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻴل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺤﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻭﺍﻻﺒﻥ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺎﺩﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ "ﻴﺎ ﺭﺏ" ﻤﺅﻜﺩﺍ ﻻﻫﻭﺘﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻭ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻤﻭﺭ ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﺨﻠﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺨﺎﻟﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺒﻜل ﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻭﻤﺨﻠﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺒﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺒﺸﺭ ﻭﻜﺎﺌﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12 ،11‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻤﻭﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺌﻕ ﺴﺘﺯﻭل ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺸﺒﻬﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺜﻭﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻤﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻴﺒﻠﻰ ﻭﻴﺘﻬﺎﻟﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺒـﺭﺩﺍﺀ ﻴﻁﻭﻴـﻪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ ﻻ ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل؛ ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﻓﻼ ﻴﺼﻴﺒﻪ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬـﻭ‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺍﺯﻟﻰ ﻭﺨﻠﻕ ﻜل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻫﻭ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺨﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻭﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜـﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻭﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻭﻗﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﻴﻤﻴﻨﻰ ‪ :‬ﺘﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻪ ﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻋﺩﺍﺀﻙ ‪ :‬ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﺭﻓﻀﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﻙ ﻭﻴﺼﺒﺤﻭﻥ ﻀﺩﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻤﻭﺭ )‪ (1 :110‬ﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻟﻼﺒﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺘ ﱠﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﺇﺫ ﻴﻘﻭل ‪" :‬ﻗﺎل ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻟﺭﺒـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺠﻠﺱ ﻋﻥ ﻴﻤﻴﻨﻰ"‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻟﻙ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﻭﺃﻨﺕ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻙ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﺎﺩﻴـﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻫـﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻴﻨﻔﺭﺩ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﺎل ﻋﻥ ﺃﻯ ﻤﻼﻙ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻤﺨﻠﻭﻕ ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻬﻭ ﺍﷲ ﻜﻠـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺠﺎﻟﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺵ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻟـﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜـﺔ‬ ‫ﻹﺭﺴﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻜﺄﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻤﺨﻠﻭﻗﺔ ﻟﻜﻰ ﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻭﺘﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻋﻘﺩﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﻌـﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻤﻴﺭﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻓﺨﺩﺍﻤﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻨﻌﻡ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺌﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺄﺘﻤﻥ ﺃﻯ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻼﺼﻰ ﺃﻨـﺎ ﺍﻟﺨـﺎﻁﺊ‪،‬‬

‫ﺼﺹ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻷﺠﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺘﻤﻠﻙ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻰ‬ ‫ﺴﻭﻯ ﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ‪ .‬ﺃﻯ ﺤﺏ ﻴﺎ ﺇﻟﻬﻰ ﺃﺤﺒﺒﺘﻨﻰ ﺒﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺨ ﱢ‬

‫ﺒﺎﻻﺴﺘﻘﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻭﺒﻐﺽ ﺍﻹﺜﻡ‪ ،‬ﺘﺅﺴﺱ ﻭﺘﺜﺒّﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻷﻤﺸﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﺘﻌﻠﻥ ﻟﻰ ﻻ ﺘﻠﺘﺼﻕ‬

‫ﻭﻻ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺒﻴﺩ ﻭﺘﻔﻨﻰ‪ .‬ﺘﺭﺴل ﻤﻼﺌﻜﺘﻙ ﻟﺨﺩﻤﺘﻰ ﺃﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﺸﺘﻬﻰ ﺨﻼﺼـﻙ‪ .‬ﺃﻴﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺤ ّﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺸﺨﺹ ﺍﺒﻨﻙ ﺭﺒﻨـﺎ ﻴﺴـﻭﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﻓﻠﺘﻌﻁﻨﻰ ﻗﻠﺒًﺎ ﻴﻔﻴﺽ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻌﻤﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻻ ﹸﺘ َ‬

‫ﻼ ﻓﺭﺤﺎ ﺒﻙ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻠﻴـل ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤـل ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺤﻴﺎ ﻤﺘﻬﻠ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫‪11‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرانِيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ )ﻋﺏ‪(1‬‬ ‫ﻭﺠﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻫﺭ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻨﻭﺭﺍﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫‪" +‬ﺃﻨﺕ ﺍﺒﻨﻰ ﻭﺃﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﻭﻟﺩﺘﻙ" ﻉ‪5‬‬

‫"ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻨﻊ ﻤﻼﺌﻜﺘﻪ ﺭﻴﺎﺤﺎ ﻭﺨﺩﺍﻤﻪ ﻟﻬﻴـﺏ‬

‫‪"+‬ﺃﻨﺎ ﺃﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺒًﺎ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻰ ﺍﺒﻨﹰﺎ"ﻉ‪5‬‬

‫ﻨﺎﺭ" ﻉ‪7‬‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺤﺎ ﺨﺎﺩﻤﺔ" ﻉ‪14‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻭﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻭﺩ ﷲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻭﺩ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ‬

‫‪" +‬ﺘﺴــــﺠــــﺩ ﻟــــﻪ ﻜـــل ﻤــﻼﺌـﻜـــﺔ ﺍﷲ" ﻉ‪6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻕ‬

‫ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻤﺨﻠﻭﻗﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ‬

‫‪" +‬ﺒﻪ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻥ" ﻉ‪2‬‬

‫"ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻨﻊ ﻤﻼﺌﻜﺘﻪ ﺭﻴﺎﺤﺎ ﻭﺨﺩﺍﻤﻪ ﻟﻬﻴـﺏ‬

‫‪" +‬ﺃﻨﺕ ﻴﺎ ﺭﺏ )ﺍﻻﺒﻥ( ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﺃﺴﺴﺕ ﻨﺎﺭ" ﻉ‪7‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻫﻰ ﻋﻤل ﻴﺩﻴﻙ"ﻉ‪10‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫"ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺤﺎ ﺨﺎﺩﻤﺔ" ﻉ‪14‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﺯﻟﻰ ﻤﻭﻟﻭﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻗﺒل ﻜـل ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻤﺨﻠﻭﻗﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻨﻊ ﻤﻼﺌﻜﺘﻪ" ﻉ‪7‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺩﻫﻭﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻨﺕ ﺍﺒﻨﻰ ﺃﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﻭﻟﺩﺘﻙ" ﻉ‪5‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ُﻤﻨﹶﺯﱠﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻜل ﺨﻁﺄ ﻤﺨﻠﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﺄ ﺒﺩﻟﻴل ﺴـﻘﻭﻁ‬ ‫ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻁﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺫﺍﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﺤﺒﺒﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻭﺃﺒﻐﻀﺕ ﺍﻹﺜﻡ" ﻉ‪9‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﺘﹸﺭﺴَل ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻪ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﷲ‪.‬‬

‫"ﻟﻤﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻗﺎل ﻗﻁ ﺇﺠﻠﺱ ﻋـﻥ "ﺃﻟﻴﺱ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﻡ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺤًﺎ ﺨﺎﺩﻤﺔ ﻤﺭﺴـﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﻴﻤﻴﻨﻰ ﺤﺘـﻰ ﺃﻀـﻊ ﺃﻋـﺩﺍﺀﻙ ﻤﻭﻁﺌـﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺔ" ﻉ‪14‬‬ ‫ﻟﻘﺩﻤﻴﻙ" ﻉ‪13‬‬

‫‪12‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻪ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ‪ ،‬ﺜﺎﺒﺕ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﺜﺒﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟـﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺒـ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻫﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺫﺍﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﺒﺩﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺫﺍﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﻰ ﺘﺒﻴﺩ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺃﻨﺕ ﺘﺒﻘﻰ" ﻉ‪11‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻨﺕ ﺃﻨﺕ ﻭﺴﻨﻭﻙ ﻟﻥ ﺘﻔﻨﻰ" ﻉ‪12‬‬

‫‪13‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِنى‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺴﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﻨﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻴﺴﺘﻜﻤل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻭﻴﺨﺭﺝ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺒﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻫﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻟﻠﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺘﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪ .‬ﺜﻡ ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﻓﻰ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺍﻀﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﺠل ﺨﻼﺼﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬التمسك بخالص المسيح المقدم لنا )ع ‪:( 4 - 1‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﹾ ﹶﻜ ِﻠ َﻤﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ َﺗ ﹶﻜﻠﱠ َﻢ ﺑﹺﻬَﺎ‬ ‫ﺠﺐُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻧَﺘَﻨﺒﱠ َﻪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﹶﺜ َﺮ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﻣَﺎ َﺳ ِﻤ ْﻌﻨَﺎ ِﻟﹶﺌﻼﱠ ﻧَﻔﹸﻮﺗَﻪُ‪َ 2 ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎَﻧ ِ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻳ ﹺ‬ ‫‪ِ1‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﺃﹶﻫْﻤَﻠﹾﻨَﺎ َﺧﻼﹶﺻﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻒ َﻧ ْﻨﺠُﻮ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺼَﻴ ٍﺔ ﻧَﺎ ﹶﻝ ﻣُﺠَﺎﺯَﺍ ﹰﺓ ﻋَﺎ ِﺩﹶﻟﺔﹰ‪ 3 ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻜ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺛﹶﺎﹺﺑَﺘﺔﹰ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ َﺗ َﻌﺪﱟ َﻭ َﻣ ْﻌ ِ‬ ‫ﻼِﺋ ﹶﻜ ﹲﺔ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ ْ‬ ‫َﻣ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﷲ َﻣ َﻌﻬُ ْﻢ ﺑﹺﺂﻳَﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻟﹶﻨَﺎ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﺳ ِﻤﻌُﻮﺍ‪4 ،‬ﺷَﺎﻫِﺪﹰﺍ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ِﻣ ﹾﻘﺪَﺍ ُﺭﻩُ‪ ،‬ﹶﻗ ِﺪ ﺍْﺑَﺘ َﺪﹶﺃ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱡ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺘﱠ ﹶﻜ ﱡﻠ ﹺﻢ ﹺﺑﻪِ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛﻢﱠ َﺗﹶﺜﺒﱠ َ‬

‫ﺐ ﹺﺇﺭَﺍ َﺩِﺗﻪِ؟‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻘ ُﺪﺱﹺ‪َ ،‬ﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺕ ُﻣَﺘَﻨّ ﹺﻮ َﻋ ٍﺔ َﻭ َﻣﻮَﺍ ِﻫ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻭ ﹸﻗﻮﱠﺍ ٍ‬ ‫َﻭ َﻋﺠَﺎِﺋ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻤﺎ ﺴﻤﻌﻨﺎ ‪ :‬ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺌﻼ ﻨﻔﻭﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﻨﻌﺭﻓﻪ ﻨﻅﺭﻴًﺎ ﺜﻡ ﻨﻬﻤل ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟ ُﻤ ﹶﻘﺩﱠﻡ‬ ‫ﺴﱠﻠﻤَﺔ ﺒﻴﺩ ﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﻁﺒﻘﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ ﻭﺃﻜﻤل ﻤﻥ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟ ُﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻭﻨﺤﻴﺎ ﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :4-2‬ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﺨﺫﻩ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴـﻕ‬ ‫ﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ )ﺃﻉ ‪ ، 53 : 7‬ﻏل ‪.(19 : 3‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﺎﺓ ﻟﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻗﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﻤﻥ ﻴﺨﺎﻟﻔﻬﺎ ﻴﻌﺎﻗﺏ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻅﻬﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺃﻫﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻓﻨﺎﻟﻭﺍ‬

‫‪14‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِنى‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻋﻘﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﺸﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻡ ﺒﺎﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻬﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ‪-‬ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪-‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﻭﻓﺩﺍﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻭﻋﻠﱠﻤﻨﺎ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﺸﺭﺡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻤﻴﺫ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺴـل‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺴﻤﻌﻭﺍ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻪ ﺒﺄﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﺭﺃﻭﺍ ﺼﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻤﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ ﻭﺃﻜﻤل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨـﻼﺹ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺒﻴﺩ ﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓـﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬـﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻴﺨﻠﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﻔﺩﺍﺌﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺜﺒﱠﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺨـﻼﺹ ﻋﻨـﺩﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻀﱠﺩ ﺘﻼﻤﻴﺫﻩ ﻭﺭﺴﻠﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﺠﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻭﻋﻅ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺒﺄﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺘﻙ ﺘﻔﻜﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﻭﺏ ﻷﺠﻠﻙ ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻤﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﺘﺘﺄﻤل ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺘﺸﻜﺭﻩ ﻟﻴﻁﻤﺌﻥ ﻗﻠﺒﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺘﺠﺎﻭﺏ ﻤﻊ ﺤﺒﻪ ﺒﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻥ ﺤﻭﻟﻙ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬خضوع المؤمنين للمسيح )ع‪:(8-5‬‬ ‫ﺿ ﹴﻊ ﻗﹶﺎِﺋﻼﹰ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻀ ﹺﻊ »ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟ َﻢ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌﺘِﻴ َﺪ« ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ َﻧَﺘ ﹶﻜﻠﱠﻢُ َﻋ ْﻨﻪُ‪6 .‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ َﺷ ﹺﻬ َﺪ ﻭَﺍﺣِﺪٌ ﻓِﻲ َﻣ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺨ ِ‬ ‫ﻼِﺋ ﹶﻜ ٍﺔ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﻳُ ْ‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻪُ ِﻟ َﻤ ﹶ‬

‫ﺠ ٍﺪ‬ ‫ﻼِﺋ ﹶﻜﺔِ‪ .‬ﹺﺑ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻼ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺿﻌَْﺘﻪُ ﹶﻗﻠِﻴ ﹰ‬ ‫»ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺴَﺎ ﹸﻥ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ َﺗ ﹾﺬ ﹸﻛ َﺮﻩُ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹺﻭ ﺍْﺑ ُﻦ ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺴَﺎ ِﻥ ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ َﺗ ﹾﻔﺘَﻘِﺪَﻩُ؟ ‪َ 7‬ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻀ َﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻜﻞﱠ ﹶﻟﻪُ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﻗ َﺪ َﻣ ْﻴ ِﻪ«‪َ .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﺃ ْﺧ َ‬ ‫ﺤ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﺷ ْﻲ ٍﺀ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﻀ ْﻌ َ‬ ‫َﻭ ﹶﻛﺮَﺍ َﻣ ٍﺔ ﻛﹶﻠﱠﻠﹾﺘَﻪُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃ ﹶﻗﻤَْﺘﻪُ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻤَﺎ ﹺﻝ َﻳ َﺪْﻳﻚَ‪8 .‬ﹶﺃ ْﺧ َ‬

‫ﺨﻀَﻌﹰﺎ ﹶﻟﻪُ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﺿ ﹴﻊ ﹶﻟﻪُ ‪ -‬ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﻟﹶﺴْﻨَﺎ َﻧﺮَﻯ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻜﻞﱠ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ ُﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ْﺘ ُﺮ ْﻙ َﺷﻴْﺌﹰﺎ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ ﺧَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ع‪ :5‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﺩ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺜﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻤﻴﺨﺎﺌﻴل ﻤﺴﺌﻭل ﻋﻥ ﺭﻋﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻭﺏ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺭﻋﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﺁﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺒﺭﻋﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻌﻭﻥ ﺒﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ‬ ‫ﻴﻜﻤل ﺨﻀﻭﻋﻬﻡ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺒﻁل ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻨﻭﻥ ﺒﻜل ﻜﻴﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺌﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :7 ،6‬ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻰ ﻓﻰ )ﻤﺯ ‪.(4 :8‬‬

‫‪15‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ﻴﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻰ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠـﺔ ﻟﻠﺨـﻼﺹ‪ ،‬ﻤﻌﺒـﺭًﺍ ﻋﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﻴﻑ ﺍﻫﺘﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺨﻼﺼﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﻘﺩﻫﺎ ﺒﺈﺭﺴﺎل ﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﻴﺴـﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﻴﺢ ﻤﺘﺠﺴـﺩًﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺼﺎﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻜﺒﺸﺭ ﻤﺘﺨﻠﻴًﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻔﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻫـﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻫـﻰ ﻓﺘـﺭﺓ ﺘﺠﺴـﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ َﺃ ﹶﺘ ﱠﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﻗﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺼﻌﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺇﻜﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺍﻷﺯل‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻫﻡ ﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻴﺩﻴﻪ ﻭﺨﻀﻌﻭﺍ ﻟﻪ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺍﺸـﺘﺭﺍﻫﻡ‬ ‫ﺒﺩﻤﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺘﻨﻁﺒﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻭﻤﻬﺎﺒﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻋﻴﻥ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻓﻴﻘﺩﱢﺭﻭﻨﻪ ﻭﻴﺸﻌﺭﻭﻥ ﺒﻌﻅﻤﺘـﻪ ﻨﻅـﺭًﺍ ﻟﺴـﻼﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻰ ﻭﻋﻤل ﺍﷲ ﻤﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻡ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺒﺩﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻀﻌﻑ ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﻟﻶﻻﻡ‪ ،‬ﺜـﻡ‬ ‫ﻴﻜﻤل ﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﺒﻨﻭﺍﻟﻪ ﺍﻹﻜﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﺃﺨﻀﻌﺕ ﻜل ﺸﺊ ﺘﺤﺕ ﻗﺩﻤﻴﻪ ‪ :‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻤﻭﺭ )ﻤﺯ‪.(6 :8‬‬ ‫ﺸﺊ ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻤﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺨﻀﻌﻭﺍ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻭﺃﻤﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﺒﻪ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﺨﻀﻌﻭﺍ ﻟـﻪ ﻭﻟـﻴﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﺩﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻓﻴﻘﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻤﺎﺯﺍل ﻓﻴﻪ ﻜﺜﻴـﺭﻭﻥ ﻴﺭﻓﻀـﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺨﻀﻌﻭﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﺴﻴﻜﻤل ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﻭﻴﻌﺎﻗﺏ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺫﺍﺏ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻋﻁﻨﻰ ﺭﺒﻰ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻟﻙ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﻋﻁﻨﻰ ﺃﻻ‬

‫ﺃﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺭﻓﻀﻙ ﻷﺠﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻜل ﻜﻠﻤـﺎﺘﻰ ﻭﺃﻋﻤـﺎﻟﻰ ﺤﺴـﺏ‬ ‫ﻰ ﻭﺃﻜﻭﻥ ﻨﻭﺭًﺍ ﺒﻴﺩﻙ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁ ﺒﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻙ ﻭﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻯ ﻟﺘﻜﻥ ﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺘﻤﺠﺩ ﻓ ّ‬

‫)‪ (3‬بركات التجسد )ع ‪:(18-9‬‬

‫‪16‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِنى‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺠ ِﺪ َﻭﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜﺮَﺍ َﻣﺔِ‪ِ ،‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﹶﺃﹶﻟ ﹺﻢ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻼِﺋ ﹶﻜﺔِ‪ ،‬ﻳَﺴُﻮﻉَ‪ ،‬ﻧَﺮَﺍﻩُ ﻣُ ﹶﻜﻠﱠ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻼ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺿ َﻊ ﹶﻗﻠِﻴ ﹰ‬ ‫‪َ 9‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻭُ ِ‬ ‫ﻕ ﹺﺑﺬﹶﺍ َﻙ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ِﻠ ِﻪ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻜ ﱡﻞ َﻭﹺﺑ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣﺪٍ‪َ 10 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻻ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ َ‬ ‫ﻕ ﹺﺑﹺﻨ ْﻌ َﻤ ِﺔ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮﺕِ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻲ َﻳﺬﹸﻭ َ‬

‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﺻ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ ﺑﹺﺎﻵ ﹶﻻﻡﹺ‪َ 11 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟﻤُ ﹶﻘﺪﱢ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ِ‬ ‫ﺲ َﺧ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺠ ِﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُ ﹶﻜﻤﱢ ﹶﻞ َﺭﺋِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹺﺑﹶﺄْﺑﻨَﺎ ٍﺀ ﹶﻛِﺜﲑﹺﻳ َﻦ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻜﻞﱡ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻫُ َﻮ ﺁ ٍ‬

‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﻻ ﻳَﺴْﺘَﺤِﻲ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ْﺪﻋُ َﻮﻫُ ْﻢ ﹺﺇ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹰ‪12 ،‬ﻗﹶﺎِﺋﻼﹰ‪» :‬ﺃﹸ َﺧﺒﱢﺮُ ﺑﹺﺎ ْﺳ ِﻤ َ‬ ‫ﲔ َﺟﻤِﻴ َﻌ ُﻬ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣﺪٍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠِﻬَﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﱠَﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫َﻭﺍﹾﻟﻤُ ﹶﻘﺪﱠ ِﺳ َ‬

‫ﻼ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ِﻪ«‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻳْﻀﺎﹰ‪» :‬ﻫَﺎ ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ َﻭﺍ َﻷ ْﻭ ﹶﻻﺩُ‬ ‫ﻚ«‪َ 13 .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻳْﻀﺎﹰ‪» :‬ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃﻛﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ﻣَُﺘ َﻮﻛﱢ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺔ ﺃﹸ َﺳﺒﱢﺤُ َ‬ ‫ﻂ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜﻨﹺﻴ َ‬ ‫ﹺﺇ ْﺧ َﻮﺗِﻲ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻓِﻲ َﻭ َﺳ ِ‬

‫ﻚ ﻓِﻴ ﹺﻬﻤَﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻲ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹺﻢ َﻭﺍﻟﺪﱠ ﹺﻡ ﺍ ْﺷَﺘ َﺮ َﻙ ﻫُ َﻮ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ﹶﻛ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﷲ«‪ 14 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺗﺸَﺎ َﺭ َﻙ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻭ ﹶﻻﺩُ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻄﹶﺎﻧﹺﻴ ﹺﻬ ﹺﻢ ﺍ ُ‬

‫ﺕ ﺫﹶﺍ َﻙ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﹶﻟﻪُ ُﺳ ﹾﻠﻄﹶﺎ ﹸﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮﺕِ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻛﹶﺎﻧُﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻳ َﻦ َﺧﻮْﻓﹰﺎ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﻱ ﹺﺇْﺑﻠِﻴﺲَ‪َ 15 ،‬ﻭﻳُﻌِْﺘ َﻖ ﺃﹸﻭﹶﻟِﺌ َ‬ ‫ُﻳﺒﹺﻴ َﺪ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﻞ ﹺﺇْﺑﺮَﺍﻫِﻴﻢَ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﻚُ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﻼِﺋ ﹶﻜﺔﹶ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻳُ ْﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﻚُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻳُ ْﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻌﺒُﻮ ِﺩﻳﱠﺔِ‪َ 16 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ َﺣﻘﹼﹰﺎ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺤ َ‬ ‫َﺟﻤِﻴﻌﹰﺎ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﺣﻴَﺎِﺗ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ َﺗ ْ‬

‫ﺸﹺﺒ َﻪ ﹺﺇﺧْ َﻮَﺗﻪُ ﻓِﻲ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﺷَﻲْﺀٍ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻲ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ َﺭﺣِﻴﻤﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺭَﺋِﻴﺲَ ﹶﻛ َﻬَﻨ ٍﺔ ﹶﺃﻣِﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﻣَﺎ ِﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ‬ ‫‪ِ 17‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺛﻢﱠ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻳَﻨْﺒَﻐِﻲ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُ ْ‬ ‫ﺠﺮﱠﹺﺑﲔَ‪.‬‬ ‫ﲔ ﺍﻟﹾﻤُ َ‬ ‫ﺠﺮﱠﺑﹰﺎ َﻳ ﹾﻘ ِﺪﺭُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُ ِﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﻳُ ﹶﻜﻔﱢ َﺮ َﺧﻄﹶﺎﻳَﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﱠ ْﻌﺐﹺ‪َ 18 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﻓِﻲ ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺗﹶﺄﻟﱠ َﻢ ُﻣ َ‬

‫ﻀ َﻊ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ‪ :‬ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﺍﺘﻀﻊ ﻭﻅﻬﺭ ﺃﻗل‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ُﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻨﺭﺍﻩ ُﻤ ﹶﻜﻠﱠﻼ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ‪ :‬ﺒﻘﻴﺎﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺼﻌﻭﺩﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﺘﻜﻠل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺈﻜﻠﻴل‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻭﺇﻜﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﺒﻤﻭﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺒﻤﻭﺘﻪ ﺩﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺃﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ‪ :‬ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﻜل ﺁﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻤﻜﻠﱠﻼ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺠﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﻗﻭﺓ ﻻﻫﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺴﻨﺩﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﺫﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻘل ﻴﻤﻭﺕ ﺒل ﻴﺫﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﺃﻴﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﺭﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻗﻨﻁﺭﺓ ﻋﺒﻭﺭﻫﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻴﺩﺓ ﺒﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻷﺠل ﻜل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ‪ :‬ﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻓﺩﺍﺌﻪ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﺎل ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺒﺩ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﺘﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺘﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﻭﺼﺎﺭ ﻤﺜﻠﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻤل ﺍﻷﻟﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻋﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﺒﻘﻴﺎﻤﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺼﻌﻭﺩﻩ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻨﺭﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻭﻨﺜﻕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻜﺎﻟﻴل ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻨﺘﻅﺭﻨﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺜﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪17‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﻙ ﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺯﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻙ‬

‫ﺁﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺒﺸﻜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺨﺘﺒﺭ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻗﹰﺎ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺸﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺤﺘﻤل‬

‫ﺁﻻﻤًﺎ ﺒﺩﻻ ﻤﻥ ﻏﻴﺭﻙ ﻤﺜل ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﺘﻬﺎﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﺼﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﻏﻴـﺭﻙ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﺘﺩﺍﻓﻊ ﻋﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺴﺘﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺼﻨﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻷﺠﻠﻙ ﻓﺘﺼﻨﻌﻪ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﻴﻨﺌﺫ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻟﻡ ﺘﻌﺭﻓﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :10‬ﻻﻕ ‪ :‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻴﻨﺘﻅﺭﻭﻥ ﻤﺴﻴﺎ ﻴﺨﻠﺼﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﺜﺭﻭﺍ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺄﻟﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺼﻠﺏ ﻭﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺭﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻼﺌﻕ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﺫﺍﻙ ‪ :‬ﺍﷲ ﺍﻵﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻜل ‪ :‬ﻫﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﻫﻭ ﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺘﻤﺠﻴﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻜل ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺨﻠﻘﺕ ﺒﻴﺩ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ‪ :‬ﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺜﻡ ﺃﻤﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻜﻤل ‪ ...‬ﺒﺎﻵﻻﻡ ‪ :‬ﻴﻜﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺼﻰ ﺒﺎﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﻜل ﺁﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﺤﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻴﻔﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﺸﻬﻭﺓ ﻗﻠﺏ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻭﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺨﻠﺹ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺨﻼﺼﻬﻡ ‪ :‬ﺼﺎﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻟﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻭﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺇﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻵﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﺨﺎﻟﻕ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺩﻑ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﺨﻼﺼﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻴﺒﺫل ﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺴﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﺒﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﻜل ﻋﻘﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﻭﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺩل ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﻓﻴﻌﻁﻴﻬﻡ ﺨﻼﺼﺎ ﻜﺎﻤﻼ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﺴﺘﻜﻤ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺼﺹ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﱢﺱ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺨ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼﺼﻭﺍ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﷲ ﻭﻨﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﺨﻼﺼﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﱠﺴﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺨ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ‪ :‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﷲ ﺨﺎﻟﻕ ﺍﻟﻜل ﺃﻭ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺃﺒﻭ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪18‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِنى‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺍﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺘﺠﺴﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻁﺎﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺸﺎﺭﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺘﺤﺩ ﻤﻌﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺼل‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺎﺭ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﻤﺜﻠﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﺘﺤﺩ‬ ‫ﻤﻌﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻭﺓ ﷲ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻭﻫﺭ ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻓﺒﺎﻟﺘﺒﻨﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﺨﺠل ﺭﻏﻡ ﻋﻅﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺩﻋﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ ﺇﺨﻭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺒﻨﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺭﻏﻡ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺨﻠﻘﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺠﺴﺩ‬ ‫ﺼﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺇﺨﻭﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺃﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﻋﺠﻴﺏ ﻤﻨﻙ ﻴﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺩﻋﻭﻨﻰ ﺃﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﺭ ﺃﺨﹰﺎ ﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨـﻰ ﺃﻓـﺭﺡ ﺇﺫ ﻫـﺫﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻑ ﻴﺸﺠﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺘﺭﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ؛ ﻭﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻴﺩﻓﻌﻨﻰ ﻷﺩﻋﻭ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻫـﻡ‬

‫ﺃﻗل ﻤﻨﻰ ﺴ ﹰﻨﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺭﻜ ًﺯﺍ ﺇﺨﻭﺓ ﻟﻰ ﻭﺃﻋﺎﻤﻠﻬﻡ ﺒﻜل ﺤﺏ ﻭﺍﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﺎﻤﻠﻨﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :12‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ‪ :‬ﻫﻰ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﻓﻰ ﺃﺼل ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻤﻭﺭ ﻜﺘﺒﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻯ‬ ‫ﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﺒﺂﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ )ﻤﺯ‪ ،(22 :22‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺘﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺒﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ‬ ‫ﻜﺭﺯ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺭ ﻭﺃﻋﻁﺎﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻭﺩﻋﺎﻫﻡ ﺇﺨﻭﺘﻪ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺘﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﻴﺸﺎﺭﻜﻭﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﷲ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻰ ﺠﺴﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﻴﻘﺘﺒﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﻥ )ﺇﺵ‪ (17 :8‬ﻨﺒﻭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺒﺘﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻨﺎﺌﺒًﺎ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﺘﻜﺎل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻨﻨﺎل ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺘﻪ ﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻹﺘﻜﺎل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻜل‬ ‫ﺸﺊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻴﻘﺘﺒﺱ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﻤﻥ )ﺇﺵ‪ (18 :8‬ﻨﺒﻭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺨﺎﻁﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺒﻪ ﻜﺄﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺒﻬﻡ ﻜﺄﻭﻻﺩ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻟﻴﻭﺤﱢﺩﻫﻡ ﺒﻪ ﻭﻴﺤﻴﻭﺍ ﻤﻌﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﻗﺎل ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﻤﺭﺘﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻨﺎﺌﺏ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺃﺏ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪19‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻼ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻨﺎ ﺠﺭﺃﺓ ﻭﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻤﻌـﻪ ﺒـل‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﷲ ﺼﺎﺭ ﺴﻬ ﹰ‬

‫ﻴﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻜﻴﻑ ﻨﻁﻴﻌﻪ ﻭﻨﻨﺘﻅﺭﻩ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺘﺄﺨﺭﺕ ﻁﻠﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻤﺸﺎﻜﻠﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺘﻜل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﺜﻘﻴﻥ ﻤـﻥ‬

‫ﺃﺒﻭﺘﻪ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﺒل ﻨﻠ ّﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﻨﺨﺘﺒﺭﻩ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺫﻯ ﻗﺒل‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻡ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﻨﺎﺴﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻴﻨﻔﻰ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺭﻓﺽ‬ ‫ﻫﺫﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺒﻴﺩ ‪ :‬ﻴﺒﻁل‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻜﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺌﺩﺓ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻨﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺇﺒﻁﺎل ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺒﻤﻭﺘﻪ ﺩﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﺩ ﻹﺒﻠﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻜﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺎﺨﺫﻫﻡ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺫﺍﺏ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ ﻤﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺘﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﻭﻓﺩﺍﺌﻪ ﺤﺭﱠﺭﻫﻡ ﻭﺃﻋﻁﺎﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻙ ‪ :‬ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠﺴُﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻋﻠﻥ ﺇﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺘﻤﻬﻴﺩًﺍ ﻟﻔﺩﺍﺌﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺤﺭﱢﺭ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﹶﺘ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻰ ﺨﻭﻓﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ ﺼﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻤﺴﺘﻌﺒﺩﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻹﺒﻠﻴﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺩﻓﻌﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﺴﻘﻭﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻤﺘﻨﻭﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﺤﺭﺭﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻭﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻭﻜل ﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16‬ﻴﻤﺴﻙ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻴﻨﻘﺫ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺴﻘﻁﻭﺍ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻁﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻨﺴل ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ‪ :‬ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﻟﻴﺨﻠﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻁﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﺭﺍﻓﻀﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﻤﺼﺭّﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻯ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺄ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﻐﻭﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻴﺴﻘﻁﻭﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺤ ٍﺩ ﺴﺎﻓﺭ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﻟﻴﺨﻠﱢﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻴﺴﻤﻴﻬﻡ ﻨﺴل ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِنى‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻴﺨﻠﺹ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﻤﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻗﺎل ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﻜﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺭﺍﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﻭﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻫﻭ ﺃﺏ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺭﻑ ﺒﻪ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ‪ :‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﺠﺴﺩًﺍ ﻭﺭﻭﺤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺜل ﺒﺎﻗﻰ‬ ‫ﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﺇﺨﻭﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺸﺊ ‪ :‬ﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﻜﺎﻤ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻫﻡ ﺇﺨﻭﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﺒﺏ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻟﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﺜﻠﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺸﻌﺭﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺒﺤﻨﺎﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﻗﺭﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻴﻬﻡ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﺂﻻﻤﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﺜﻡ ﻴﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻜﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻟﻴﻜﻔﺭ ﻤﺜل ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺒﺭﺵ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺎﺒﻭﺕ ﻋﻬﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺒل‬ ‫ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺩﻤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻟﻴﺭﻓﻊ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻤﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺇﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺘﺨﻠﻴﺹ ﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺘﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﻀﻴﻘﺎﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﺍﺤﺘﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺁﻻﻤًﺎ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺒﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﻹﺴﻘﺎﻁﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺒﺎﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺇﺴﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﻋﺫﺍﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﺎﻨﻰ ﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺁﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﻴﺸﻌﺭ‬ ‫ﺒﻪ ﻭﻴﺘﻌﺎﻁﻑ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻭﻴﺴﻨﺩﻩ ﻭﻴﻌﺯﻴﻪ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﺘﻌﺎﻁﻑ ﻤﻌﻙ ﻓﻰ ﻀﻴﻘﺎﺘﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺘﻙ ﹸﺘﺸﹾﻌِﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻭﻟﻙ ﺒﺘﻌﺎﻁﻔﻙ ﻤﻌﻬـﻡ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺎﻋﻙ ﻟﺸﻜﻭﺍﻫﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺸﺠﻴﻌﻬﻡ ﺒﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻁﻴﺒﺔ ﻴﺭﻴﺢ ﻨﻔﻭﺴﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻡ ﺒﺎﻷﺤﺭﻯ ﻟﻭ ﺃﻜﻤﻠﺕ‬ ‫ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻙ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺒﺄﻋﻤﺎل ﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻟﻴﻔﺭﺤﻭﺍ ﻤﻌﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻼﺤﻅ ﻤﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻋﻁﺎﻨﺎ ﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﺒﺘﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﻭﻫﻰ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺩﻋﻭﺘﻨﺎ ﺇﺨﻭﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺒﻤﻌﻭﻨﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻹﺘﻜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻁﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -4‬ﺒﻨﻭﺓ ﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -5‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻭﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺩﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﻭﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪21‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻣﻮﺳﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬المسيح وموسى )ع ‪:(6-1‬‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻛ َﻬَﻨِﺘ ِﻪ‬ ‫‪ِ 1‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺛﻢﱠ ﹶﺃﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻘِﺪﱢﻳﺴُﻮﻥﹶ‪ُ ،‬ﺷ َﺮﻛﹶﺎ ُﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﱠ ْﻋ َﻮ ِﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎ ﹺﻭﻳﱠﺔِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ِﺣﻈﹸﻮﺍ َﺭﺳُﻮ ﹶﻝ ﺍ ْﻋِﺘﺮَﺍ ِﻓﻨَﺎ ﻭَﺭَﺋِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺢ ﻳَﺴُﻮﻉَ‪2 ،‬ﺣَﺎ ﹶﻝ ﹶﻛ ْﻮﹺﻧ ِﻪ ﹶﺃﻣِﻴﻨﹰﺎ ِﻟﻠﱠﺬِﻱ ﹶﺃﻗﹶﺎ َﻣﻪُ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻣُﻮﺳَﻰ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﺑ ْﻴِﺘﻪِ‪ 3 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻥﱠ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺖ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﻛﺮَﺍ َﻣ ٍﺔ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﹶﺜ َﺮ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟَﺒ ْﻴﺖِ‪َ 4 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﺑ ْﻴ ٍ‬ ‫ﺠ ٍﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﹶﺜ َﺮ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﻣُﻮﺳَﻰ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑ ِﻤ ﹾﻘﺪَﺍ ﹺﺭ ﻣَﺎ ِﻟﺒَﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﺍﹾﻟَﺒ ْﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ ِﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﺃ ْﻫ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺣُ ِ‬

‫ﻳَﺒْﻨﹺﻴﻪِ ﹺﺇْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺎﻥﹲ ﻣَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﺑَﺎﹺﻧ َﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻜﻞﱢ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺍﷲُ‪َ 5 .‬ﻭﻣُﻮﺳَﻰ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃﻣِﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﺑ ْﻴِﺘ ِﻪ ﹶﻛﺨَﺎ ِﺩﻡﹴ‪َ ،‬ﺷﻬَﺎ َﺩ ﹰﺓ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َﻌﺘِﻴ ِﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﺗَﻤَﺴﱠﻜﹾﻨَﺎ ﹺﺑِﺜ ﹶﻘ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺟَﺎﺀِ َﻭﺍ ﹾﻓِﺘﺨَﺎ ﹺﺭ ِﻩ ﺛﹶﺎﹺﺑَﺘ ﹰﺔ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺢ ﹶﻓﻜﹶﺎْﺑ ﹴﻦ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ َﺑ ْﻴِﺘﻪِ‪َ .‬ﻭَﺑ ْﻴﺘُﻪُ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﻳَُﺘ ﹶﻜﻠﱠ َﻢ ﹺﺑﻪِ‪َ 6 .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱢﻬَﺎَﻳﺔِ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :1‬ﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ‪ :‬ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺫﻜﺭﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺨﻭﺓ ‪ :‬ﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﺸﺭﻜﺘﻪ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺼﺭﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺼﺼﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻭﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﺨ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﺼﻔﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻨﺯل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺴﻴﺭﻓﻌﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﻥ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﺴﺎﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﻭﺤﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻﺤﻅﻭﺍ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺘﺄﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﻭﺘﻔﻬﻤﻭﺍ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺼﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻋﺘﺭﺍﻓﻨﺎ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺴل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﺒﺘﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﻟﻨﺭﻯ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻨﺎ ﻭﻨﻌﺘﺭﻑ ﻭﻨﺅﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﻋﻠﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻗﺎﺌﻼ ﺃﻥ "ﻤﻥ ﺭﺁﻨﻰ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻵﺏ" )ﻴﻭ‪ .(9 :14‬ﻭﺇﺭﺴﺎل ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ‬ ‫ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻨﻔﺼﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺤﻴﻥ ﻭﻴﻤﻸ ﻜل ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﻏﻡ ﺘﺠﺴﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻜﻬﻨﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻗﺩﱠﻡ ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﻴﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻜﻔﱠﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻨﺎ ﺒﺩ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻫﻭ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﻴﺭﺸﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺎﺒﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺭﻤﺯًﺍ ﻟﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪22‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺠﺭﱠﺒﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺨﻭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﻟ ُﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺠﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﺇﺨﻭﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﺘﻡ ﻴﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺩﻋﻴﺘﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺇﻤﻌﻨﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﻭﺘﺄﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺭﺒﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻟﻴﺼل ﺒﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﺀ ﻟﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺇﻋﺘﺭﺍﻓﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺩﺨل ﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺩﺱ ﺃﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﺜل ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺭﻭﻨﻰ )ﺘﺙ‪.(3 :26‬‬ ‫ع‪ :2‬ﺃﻗﺎﻤﻪ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﺏ ﺃﺭﺴل ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻟﻴﻔﺩﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻨﻔﺼﺎل ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﻋـﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺏ ﻷﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻫﺭ ﻭﺇﺭﺴﺎﻟﻪ ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻵﺨﺭ ﻷﻨـﻪ ﺭﻏـﻡ‬ ‫ﺘﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﻤﺎﺯﺍل ﻴﻤﻸ ﻜل ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﻼﻫﻭﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﻴﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺭﻋﺎﻩ ﻭﻴﻘﻭﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﺔ ‪ 40‬ﺴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺃﻤﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﷲ ﻓىﺎﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺃﻤﻴﻨﹰـﺎ ﻟـﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﺸﻌﺏ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻟﻡ ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﺘﻔﻀﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻷﻥ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﻭ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ ﺃﻨﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻓﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺘﺸﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﺜل ﻤﻭﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺃﺘ ﱠﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻤﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺘ ﱠﻡ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺭﻋﺎﻴﺔ ﺸﻌﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻰ ﺍﻵﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻅﻬﺭ ﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :3‬ﻫﺫﺍ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺕ ‪ :‬ﺸﻌﺏ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺌﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻤﺴﺘﺤﻕ ﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺠﺩًﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺒـﻨﻔﺱ‬ ‫ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺕ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :4‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺕ ‪ :‬ﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﻯ ﻫﻴﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪23‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻋﻅﻤﺔ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺘﺄﺘﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻨﺎﺌﻪ ﻟﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺨـﺎﻟﻕ ﻜـل ﺍﻟﺒﺸـﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻭل ﻋﻥ ﻓﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺸﻌﺏ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻓﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺨـﺎﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺃﻤﻴﻥ ﷲ ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻬﻭ ﺍﷲ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺨﺎﻟﻕ ﺍﻟﻜل ﻭﻓﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻜل‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :6 ،5‬ﻜﺨﺎﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓﹰ ‪ :‬ﻴﺘ ﱢﻤﻡ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻤﻬﺩ ﻭﺘﺸﻬﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺘﻰ ﺒﻌﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ُﻴ ﹶﺘ ﹶﻜﻠﱠﻡ ﺒﻪ ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﺎﺒﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻴﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﻭﻤﺎﻟﻙ ﻜل ﺸﺊ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻯ ﻭﻫـﻭ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴـﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﺨﻠﺼﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻤﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺃﻤﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﻭﻜﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻜﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﻟﺭﻋﺎﻴﺔ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻤﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻔﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻰ ﻨﺤﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻰ ﺃﻤﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻙ ﻟﻜل ﺸﺊ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻫـﻭ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻨﺤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻭﻥ ﺴﻨﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺃﻤﺎﻨﺘﻪ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺌﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻨـﺎ ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﺜﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﺒﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻭﺘﺸﺒﺜﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻰ ﻓﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻨﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺃﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺸﻘﱠﻴﻥ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﻴﻥ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃ ‪ -‬ﺇﺘﺴﺎﻉ ﺃﻤﺎﻨﺔ ﺸﺨﺹ ﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ )ﺒﺎﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻜل( ﻋﻥ ﻤﻭﺴـﻰ ﻭﺃﻤﺎﻨﺘـﻪ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺒﻴـﺕ‬ ‫ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل‪.‬‬ ‫ﺏ ‪ -‬ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻜﺎﺒﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺒﻴﺘﻪ )ﺍﻟﻜل( ﻭﻋﻤل ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻜﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺒﻴﺕ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺘﻙ ﺘﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﺭﺠﺎﺌﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﺤﺎﻁﺕ ﺒﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺃﻭ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﺤﺭﻭﺏ ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﻜﺜﺭﺕ ﺴﻘﻁﺎﺘﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻴﻤﻙ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺘﺄﱠﻟﻤﺕ ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻤﻠﺕ ﻓﺎﺭﻓﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺴﻴﻌ ّﻭﻀﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﺴﻴﺤﻙ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺒﺭ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻓﺭﺍﺡ ﻭﺃﻤﺠﺎﺩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬قساوة القلب )ع‪:(11-7‬‬

‫‪24‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻼ ُﺗ ﹶﻘﺴﱡﻮﺍ ﹸﻗﻠﹸﻮَﺑ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﻮَﺗﻪُ ‪ 8‬ﹶﻓ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻘ ُﺪﺱُ‪» :‬ﺍﹾﻟَﻴ ْﻮ َﻡ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ َﺳ ِﻤ ْﻌُﺘ ْﻢ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ُ‬ ‫‪ِ7‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﲔ َﺳَﻨﺔﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺼﺮُﻭﺍ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻤَﺎﻟِﻲ ﹶﺃ ْﺭَﺑ ِﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺠ ﹺﺮَﺑ ِﺔ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ﹾﻔ ﹺﺮ ‪َ 9‬ﺣ ْﻴﺚﹸ َﺟﺮﱠَﺑﻨﹺﻲ ﺁﺑَﺎ ُﺅ ﹸﻛﻢُ‪ .‬ﺍ ْﺧَﺘَﺒﺮُﻭﻧﹺﻲ َﻭﹶﺃﺑْ َ‬ ‫ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺳﺨَﺎﻁِ‪َ ،‬ﻳ ْﻮ َﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْ‬

‫ﻀﻠﱡﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻓِﻲ ﹸﻗﻠﹸﻮﹺﺑ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱠﻬُﻢْ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ْﻌ ﹺﺮﻓﹸﻮﺍ ُﺳُﺒﻠِﻲ‪َ 11 .‬ﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹺﺇﻧﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﺩَﺍﺋِﻤﹰﺎ َﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﹾﻟﺠﹺﻴﻞﹶ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻗ ﹾﻠ ُ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻣ ﹶﻘﺖﱡ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫‪ِ10‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬

‫ﺴ ْﻤ ُ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ ﻏﹶﻀَﺒﹺﻲ ﹶﻟ ْﻦ َﻳ ْﺪﺧُﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺭَﺍﺣَﺘِﻲ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗ َ‬

‫ع‪ :8 ،7‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ‪ :‬ﻷﻨﻜﻡ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﺒﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﺸﻴﺭ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻓﻰ )ﻤﺯ ‪.(11-7 :95‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ‪ :‬ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻓﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻤﻊ ﺤﻴﻥ ﻴﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺄﻯ ﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﻴﻨﺒﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﻬﻤﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻌﺼﺎﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺘﻘﺴﻭﺍ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﺒﻪ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻁﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﺠﻌل ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺠﺎﻤﺩًﺍ ﺨﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﻨﺤﻭ ﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﺭﻓﻀﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺴﺨﺎﻁ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺫﻤﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻀﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺩﻴﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺘﺫﻤّﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺒﻨﻭ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻀﺭﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺭﺓ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﻓﺄﺨﺭﺠﺕ ﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺴﺔ )ﺨﺭ ‪ .(7-1 :17‬ﻭﻤﺯﻤﻭﺭ )‪(95‬‬ ‫ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﺍﺴﻡ ﻤﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﻟﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺘﺫﻤﺭ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻓﻰ ﻤﺭﻴﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻁ ﺒل ﺘﺫﻤﺭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺭﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﺴﻴﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺭ ‪ :‬ﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﺴﻴﻨﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻨﺘﻘل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻪ ﺒﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺼﺭﻴﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺩﻋﻭﻫﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻪ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺫﻤﺭ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ‬ ‫ﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﺘﺸﺒﻬﻭﺍ ﺒﺄﺠﺩﺍﺩﻫﻡ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺫﻤﺭﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺒل ﻋﺒﻭﺭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺭ ﻭﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺘﺠﻭﺍﻟﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﺴﻴﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻋﻁﺸﻭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺠﺩﻭﺍ ﻤﺎﺀ ﻤﺭًﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺴﺌﻤﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻥ‪ ...‬ﺇﻟﺦ )ﺨﺭ‪:14‬‬ ‫‪ ،11‬ﺨﺭ‪.(3 :16‬‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﺠﺭﺒﻨﻰ ‪ :‬ﺍﻤﺘﺤﻨﻨﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺭﻭﻨﻰ ‪ :‬ﺭﺃﻭﺍ ﺭﻋﺎﻴﺘﻰ ﻭﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﻰ ﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﻗﺩﺭﺘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺯﺍﺕ ﻟﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﻨﻭ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﷲ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺁﺒﺎﺌﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﺴﻴﻨﺎﺀ ﺘﻌﺭﻓﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل‬ ‫ﺭﻋﺎﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﺩﺒﻴﺭﻩ ﻻﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺩﺘﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﻭﻥ ﺴـﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜـﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻸﺴﻑ ﻁﻭﺍل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻴﻤﺘﺤﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻴﻐﻀﺒﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻴﺘﺫﻤﺭﻭﻥ ﻤـﺭﺍﺕ ﻜﺜﻴـﺭﺓ ﻭﻫـﻭ‬ ‫ﻴﺘﻤ ﱠﻬل ﻭﻴﻔﻴﺽ ﻤﻥ ﺒﺭﻜﺎﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ‪ :‬ﻷﺠل ﺇﻤﺘﺤﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﻟﻰ ﻭﺘﺫﻤﺭﻫﻡ ﻭﺘﺸﻜﻜﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻗﺩﺭﺘﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ‪ :‬ﻜﺭﻫﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﻘ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻴل ‪ :‬ﺸﻌﺏ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻓﻰ ﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﺴﻴﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺃﺸﺨﺎﺼﻬﻡ ﺇﺫ ﻅل‬ ‫ﻴﺭﻋﺎﻫﻡ ﻟﻌﻠﻬﻡ ﻴﺘﻭﺒﻭﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻀﻠﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ ‪ :‬ﻴﺘﺸﻜﻜﻭﻥ ﻭﻴﺘﺫﻤﺭﻭﻥ ﻓﺘﺒﺘﻌﺩ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﻋﻨﻰ ﻭﻴﻔﻜﺭﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﺭﻓﻭﺍ ﺴﺒﻠﻰ ‪ :‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﺍ ﻭﻴﺴﻠﻜﻭﺍ ﺴﻠﻭﻜﹰﺎ ﺭﻭﺤﻴًﺎ ﺒﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺘﻜﺎل‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﻀﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻷﺠل ﺘﺫﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻨﺸﻐﺎﻟﻬﻡ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻠﻡ ﻴﺤﻴﻭﺍ ﻤﻌـﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤـﻊ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺨﺼﻴﺼﻬﻡ ﺸﻌﺏ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺇﺨﺭﺍﺠﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺼﺭ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻍ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻌﺸـﺭﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺒﻌﻴﺩًﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺘﺸﻭﻴﺵ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺼﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﺃﻗﺴﻤﺕ ‪ :‬ﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻴﺭﺠﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺤﺘﻰ ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺇﺼﺭﺍﺭ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺫﻤﺭ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗ ﱠﺭﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺤﺭﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺩﺨـﻭل‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺘﺎﻫﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﺴﻴﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺴﻨﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻤﺎﺕ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺘﻌﻠﻘﻭﺍ ﺒـﺄﺭﺽ‬ ‫ﻤﺼﺭ ﻭﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎل ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺘ ﱠﺭﺒﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻌﱠﻠﻤﻭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﺁﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻔـﺭ ﻭﻋـﺎﻴﻨﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﻋﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺁﻤﻨﻭﺍ ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺴﺘﺤﻘﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺨﻴﺭﺍﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﺩﺨل ﻤﻌﻬﻡ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺜﻨﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﺫﺍﻥ ﺘﻤﻴﺯﺍ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﻴﺸﻭﻉ ﻭﻜﺎﻟﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﻨﺎﺩﻴﻙ ﺒﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺒﺨﻴﺭﺍﺘﻪ ﻭﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﺭﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺒﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻠﺘﺠـﺊ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺒﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺘﺒﻪ ﻭﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﻤﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﻬﻤل ﺼﻭﺘﻪ ﺒل ﻟـﻴﻜﻥ ﻟـﻙ‬

‫‪26‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﻓﺭﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺘﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻋﻬﻭﺩﻙ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﻴﻔﻴﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﺒﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺘﺘﺨﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﺘﻠـ ﱠﺫﺫ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﺒـﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻋﺸﺭﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬اإليمـــــان )ع ‪:(19-12‬‬ ‫ﺤﻲﱢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫‪12‬ﹸﺍْﻧ ﹸﻈﺮُﻭﺍ ﺃﹶﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹸ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻻ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻓِﻲ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ِﺪﻛﹸﻢْ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺐٌ ﺷِﺮﱢﻳﺮٌ ﹺﺑ َﻌ َﺪ ﹺﻡ ﹺﺇﳝَﺎ ٍﻥ ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ِﻻ ْﺭِﺗﺪَﺍ ِﺩ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍ ِ‬

‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ ُﻳ ْﺪﻋَﻰ ﺍﹾﻟَﻴ ْﻮﻡَ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻲ ﹶﻻ ُﻳ ﹶﻘﺴﱠﻰ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ِﻣ ْﻨ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹺﺑ ُﻐﺮُﻭ ﹺﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﻳ ْﻮﻡﹴ‪ ،‬ﻣَﺎ ﺩَﺍ َﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ﹾﻗ ُ‬ ‫‪َ13‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻋِﻈﹸﻮﺍ ﹶﺃْﻧﻔﹸ َ‬

‫ﺻ ْﺮﻧَﺎ ُﺷ َﺮﻛﹶﺎ َﺀ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﺗَﻤَﺴﱠﻜﹾﻨَﺎ ﹺﺑَﺒﺪَﺍ َﺀ ِﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﱢ ﹶﻘ ِﺔ ﺛﹶﺎﹺﺑَﺘ ﹰﺔ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﻬَﺎَﻳﺔِ‪15 ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﻗِﻴﻞﹶ‪» :‬ﺍﹾﻟَﻴ ْﻮ َﻡ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ‬ ‫‪َ 14‬ﻷﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺲ‬ ‫ﺨﻄﹸﻮﺍ؟ ﹶﺃﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻁ«‪ 16 .‬ﹶﻓ َﻤ ْﻦ ُﻫ ُﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ َﺳ ِﻤﻌُﻮﺍ ﹶﺃ ْﺳ َ‬ ‫ﺨﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ ُﺗ ﹶﻘﺴﱡﻮﺍ ﹸﻗﻠﹸﻮَﺑ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺳ َ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﻮَﺗﻪُ ﹶﻓ ﹶ‬ ‫َﺳ ِﻤ ْﻌُﺘ ْﻢ َ‬

‫ﺲ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ ﹶﺃ ْﺧ ﹶﻄﺄﹸﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺳَﻨَﺔﹰ؟ ﹶﺃﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﺃ ْﺭَﺑ ِﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺮ ﹺﺑﻮَﺍ ِﺳ ﹶﻄ ِﺔ ﻣُﻮﺳَﻰ؟ ‪َ 17‬ﻭ َﻣ ْﻦ َﻣ ﹶﻘ َ‬ ‫َﺟﻤِﻴ ُﻊ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﺧ َﺮﺟُﻮﺍ ِﻣ ْﻦ ِﻣ ْ‬

‫ﺴ َﻢ ﹶﻟ ْﻦ َﻳ ْﺪﺧُﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺭَﺍﺣَﺘَﻪُ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇﻻﱠ ِﻟﻠﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ُﻳﻄِﻴﻌُﻮﺍ؟ ‪ 19‬ﹶﻓَﻨﺮَﻯ ﹶﺃﻧﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ﹾﻔﺮﹺ؟ ‪َ 18‬ﻭِﻟ َﻤ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗ َ‬ ‫ﺟُﹶﺜﺜﹸﻬُ ْﻢ َﺳ ﹶﻘ ﹶﻄ ْ‬

‫َﻳ ﹾﻘ ِﺪﺭُﻭﺍ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ْﺪﺧُﻠﹸﻮﺍ ِﻟ َﻌ َﺪ ﹺﻡ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎﻥِ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﻴﻨﺘﻘل ﻕ‪ .‬ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﻋﻥ ﻗﺴﺎﻭﺓ ﻗﻠﻭﺏ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻭﺘﺫﻤﺭﻫﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﺭﻀﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺘﺜﺒﻴﺕ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺼﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻬﻬﻡ ﺃﻻ ﻴﺤﺘﻔﻅ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﺒﺘﺸﻜﻜﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺒﻭل ﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺸﻌﺭﻭﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﺤﺭﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻜﺄﻨﻬﻡ ﺨﺴﺭﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﺭﺠﻊ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻭﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺒل ﻴﺜﺒﺕ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﻋﻅﻭﺍ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻜﻡ ‪ :‬ﻨﺒ ﱢﻬﻭﺍ ﺒﻌﻀﻜﻡ ﺒﻌﻀًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ ‪ :‬ﺇﻨﺘﻬﺎﺯ ﻜل ﻓﺭﺼﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺕ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﻌﻀﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻴﺩﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ‪ :‬ﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻤﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﺭﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻨﺒﻪ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺸﺠﻌﻭﺍ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ ﺒﻌﻀًﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺜﺒﺘﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻤﻨﺘﻬﺯﻴﻥ ﻜل ﻓﺭﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻋﻅ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﻔﻘﺩﻭﺍ ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻴﺴﻘﻁﻭﺍ ﻓـﻰ‬

‫‪27‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺇﻋﺘﺯﺍﺯﻫﻡ ﺒـﺄﻨﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺸـﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻓﻀل ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺭﻓﻀﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ‪ :‬ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻜﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺒﺭﻜﺎﺘﻪ ﺒﻌﻀﻭﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﺩﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺒﺩﺃﻨﺎ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻋﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺇﺫ ﺼﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﻋﻀﺎ ًﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺠﺴﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻴﻨﺎﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ ﻭﻴﺘﻤﺘﻌﻭﻥ ﺒﻭﺴﺎﺌﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺼﻭﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻜل ﻫـﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺜﺒﺘﻭﺍ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺒﺩﺃﻭﺍ ﺒﻪ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﺼﻐﻭﺍ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﻴﺫ ﱢﻜﺭﻫﻡ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﺒﺎﻹﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﷲ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻴﺴﻘﻁﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺫﻤﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻀﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16‬ﺃﺴﺨﻁﻭﺍ ‪ :‬ﺃﻏﻀﺒﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻭ ﺠﻌﻠﻭﻩ ﻴﻐﻀﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻏﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺨﺭﺝ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺒﻤﻌﺠﺯﺍﺕ ﻋﻅﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻤﺼﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺒﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺸﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺭ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻊ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻋﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﻓﺄﻏﻀﺒﻭﻩ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺘﺫﻤﺭﺍﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻁﺎﻋﺘﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺩﺨﻭل ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﻜﺭﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺘﺫﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﻁﺎﻋﺘﻬﻡ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺩﺨﻭل ﺃﺭﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﺄﺘﺎﻫﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ُﺩ ِﻓﻨﹶﺕ ﺠﺜﺜﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﺴﻴﻨﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﺩﺨﻠﻭﺍ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﻤﺎ ﻋﺩﺍ ﻴﺸﻭﻉ ﻭﻜﺎﻟﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﻁﻴﻌﻭﺍ ‪ :‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﻁﻴﻌﻭﺍ ﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﺍ ﺒﻪ ﻓﻴﻁﻴﻌﻭﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻭﺘﺫﻤﺭﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺭﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺤﺭﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺩﺨﻭل ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪28‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :19‬ﻴﻠﺨﺹ ﻕ‪ .‬ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺴﺒﺏ ﺤﺭﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴـﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻤـﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻤﻭﺍﻋﻴﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺩﺨﻭل ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺘﻤﺘﻌﻬﻡ ﺒﻌﺸـﺭﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﺭﻤـﺯ ﻟﻜﻨﻌـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻗﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ ﺘﺜﺒﺕ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻙ ﺒﻪ ﻓﻴﺴﻬل ﻋﻠﻴﻙ‬

‫ﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻨﺘﻬﺯ ﻜل ﻓﺭﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﻓﻰ ﻤﺨﺩﻋﻙ ﻓﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻌﺸـﺭﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫‪29‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻛﻨﻌﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺕ ﻭﻴﺸﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﺩﺨل ﺸﻌﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺩﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬الراحة ال تت ّم فى السبت )ع‪:(5-1‬‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ‬ ‫ﺏ ِﻣ ْﻨﻪُ! ‪2‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫‪1‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻨَﺨَﻒْ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ َﻣ َﻊ َﺑﻘﹶﺎ ِﺀ َﻭ ْﻋ ٍﺪ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺪﱡﺧُﻮ ﹺﻝ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺭَﺍ َﺣِﺘﻪِ‪ُ ،‬ﻳﺮَﻯ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ِﻣ ْﻨ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺧَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺨَﺒ ﹺﺮ ﺃﹸﻭﹶﻟِﺌﻚَ‪ .‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﺗ ﹸﻜ ْﻦ ﻣُﻤَْﺘ ﹺﺰ َﺟ ﹰﺔ ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ‬ ‫ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ُﺑﺸﱢ ْﺮﻧَﺎ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﺃﹸﻭﻟﹶﺌِﻚَ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﺗ ْﻨ ﹶﻔ ْﻊ ﹶﻛ ِﻠ َﻤﺔﹸ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ ﹶﻏ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ْﻤ ُ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﺍﻟﹾﻤُﺆْ ِﻣﹺﻨ َ‬ ‫َﺳ ِﻤﻌُﻮﺍ‪3 .‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﻀﺒﹺﻲ ﹶﻟ ْﻦ َﻳ ْﺪﺧُﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺭَﺍ َﺣﺘِﻲ!«‬ ‫ﲔ َﻧ ْﺪﺧُﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺍ َﺣﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪» :‬ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺡﺍُ‬ ‫ﺿ ﹴﻊ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺎﹺﺑﻊﹺ‪َ » :‬ﻭﺍ ْﺳَﺘﺮَﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟﻢﹺ‪َ 4 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ﻓِﻲ َﻣ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ُﻣ ْﻨ ﹸﺬ َﺗ ﹾﺄﺳِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫َﻣ َﻊ ﹶﻛ ْﻮ ِﻥ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻋﻤَﺎ ﹺﻝ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺃﹸ ﹾﻛ ِﻤ ﹶﻠ ْ‬

‫ﺍﹾﻟَﻴ ْﻮ ﹺﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺎﹺﺑ ﹺﻊ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﺟﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻤَﺎِﻟ ِﻪ«‪َ 5 .‬ﻭﻓِﻲ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﺎﹰ‪» :‬ﹶﻟ ْﻦ َﻳ ْﺪﺧُﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺭَﺍﺣَﺘِﻲ«‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻭﻋﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺩﺨﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺍﺤﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺨﺎﺏ ﻤﻨﻪ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﻗﺩﻴﻤًﺎ ﺒﺩﺨﻭل ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺩ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻨﻠﻪ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺘﺫﻤﺭﻭﺍ ﻭﺭﻓﻀﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﺨﻭل ﺴﻘﻁﻭﺍ ﻭﻤﺎﺘﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﺴﻴﻨﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻬﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺫﺭ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻻ ﻨﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻋﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻤﺜل ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺩﺨﻠﻭﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻤﺨﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺘﻌﻁﻴﻙ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﺒﺘﻌﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﻨﺎل ﻤﺭﺍﺤﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﺩﻓﻌﻙ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻓﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪ .‬ﺘﺫﻜﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺭﺍﻙ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﺎﺭﺒﻙ‬

‫ﻓﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﺘﻌﺩ ﺴﺭﻴﻌًﺎ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :2‬ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭ ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺒﺸﺎﺭﺘﻪ ﻟﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﻗﺩﻴﻤًﺎ ﺒﺩﺨﻭل ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪30‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻴﻨﺒﻬﻨﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻨﻨﺎ ﻗﺩ ﺴﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺴـﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﻬـﻭﺩ ﻗـﺩﻴﻤًﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺒﺩﺨﻭل ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻌﻅﻤﻬﻡ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺩﺨﻠﻭﺍ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﺫﻤﺭﻫﻡ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻤﻭﺴـﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﻤﺎﺘﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﺔ )ﻋﺩ‪.(3-1 : 14‬‬ ‫ع‪ :3‬ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﻗﺩ ﺃﻜﻤﻠﺕ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ‪ :‬ﺨﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺒﻤـﺎ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌـﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻨﺤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻨﺩﺨل ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺩﺨل ﺸﻌﺏ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل‬ ‫ﻗﺩﻴﻤًﺎ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺩ ﺃﻜﻤل ﺨﻠﻘﺔ ﻜل ﺸﺊ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺨﻠﻕ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :4‬ﺃﻭل ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻊ )ﺘﻙ‪ (2 :2‬ﺤﻴـﺙ‬ ‫ﺃﻜﻤل ﺍﷲ ﺨﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻓﺭﺡ ﺍﷲ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻠـﻪ ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﻘﻭل "ﺃﺒﻰ ﻴﻌﻤل ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﺃﻨﺎ ﺃﻋﻤل" )ﻴﻭ‪.(17 :5‬‬ ‫ع‪ :5‬ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻓﻰ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﻤﺯًﺍ ﻟﻠﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺕ ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻓﻬﻤﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﱢﻠﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺕ ﻭﻤﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻙ ﻁﻤﺄﻨﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺨﻁﻭﺍﺘﻙ ﺒل ﻴﺸﻌﺭﻙ ﺒﻠﺫﺓ ﻋﺸﺭﺘﻪ ﻭﻴﻘﻭﺩﻙ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻡ ﺒﺎﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬الراحة ال تكمل فى أرض الميعاد )ع‪:(10-6‬‬ ‫ﺼﻴَﺎﻥِ‪7 ،‬ﻳُ َﻌﻴﱢﻦُ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ َﻳﻮْﻣﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ْ‬ ‫ﺴَﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫‪ 6‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﺫ َﺑ ِﻘ َﻲ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﹶﻗﻮْﻣﹰﺎ َﻳ ْﺪ ُﺧﻠﹸﻮَﻧﻬَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ُﺑﺸﱢﺮُﻭﺍ ﹶﺃﻭﱠ ﹰﻻ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ْﺪﺧُﻠﹸﻮﺍ ِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ُﺗ ﹶﻘﺴﱡﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﻮَﺗ ُﻪ ﹶﻓ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻓِﻲ ﺩَﺍﻭُﺩَ‪» :‬ﺍﹾﻟَﻴ ْﻮ َﻡ« َﺑ ْﻌ َﺪ َﺯﻣَﺎ ٍﻥ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ِﻣ ﹾﻘﺪَﺍ ُﺭﻩُ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻗِﻴﻞﹶ‪» :‬ﺍﹾﻟَﻴ ْﻮ َﻡ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ َﺳ ِﻤ ْﻌُﺘ ْﻢ َ‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎِﺋ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﻌ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺭَﺍﺣَﺔﹲ ِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﹶﺃﺭَﺍ َﺣ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﻟﻤَﺎ َﺗ ﹶﻜﻠﱠ َﻢ َﺑ ْﻌ َﺪ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﹸﻗﻠﹸﻮَﺑ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ«‪َ 8 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻟ ْﻮ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻳﺸُﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻋ ْﻦ َﻳ ْﻮ ﹴﻡ ﺁ َﺧﺮَ‪9 .‬ﺇﹺﺫﹰﺍ َﺑ ِﻘَﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻤَﺎِﻟﻪِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺡ ﻫُ َﻮ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻤَﺎِﻟﻪِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﷲِ! ‪َ 10‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ َﺩ َﺧ ﹶﻞ ﺭَﺍ َﺣَﺘﻪُ ﺍ ْﺳَﺘﺮَﺍ َ‬

‫‪31‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ع‪ :6‬ﻓﺈﺫ ﺒﻘﻰ ‪ :‬ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺸﺊ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺕ ﻭﺃﺭﺽ ﻜﻨﻌﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﺩﺨﻠﻭﻨﻬﺎ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ُﺒﺸﱢﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﻭﻻ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺩﻋﺎﻫﻡ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻟﺩﺨﻭل ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺭﻓﻀﻭﺍ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻘﻬﺭ ﺍﻷﻋﺩﺍﺀ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﺩﺨﻠﻭﺍ ﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻴﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﺩﺨﻠﻭﺍ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻁﺎﻋﺘﻬﻡ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻴﺩ‬ ‫ﻤﻭﺴﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻔﻬﻡ ﻤﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺴﻴﺩﺨﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻋﺎﻫﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺩﺨﻭل ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﺭﻤﺯﺍ ﻟﺩﺨﻭل ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ‪ -‬ﺘﺫﻤﺭﻭﺍ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻁﻴﻌﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻡ ﻴﺩﺨﻠﻭﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﻴﻌﻴﻥ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﻴﻭﻤًﺎ ‪ :‬ﻴﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺒﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺌﻼ ﻓﻰ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻓﻰ ﺴﻔﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻤﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺘﺏ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻤﻌﻅﻤﻪ )ﻤﺯ‪.(8 ،7 :95‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺯﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭﻩ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 500‬ﻋﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺨﻭل ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺒﻊ ﻋﻥ ﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺴﺒﻕ ﻓﺩﺨﻠﻭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﻴل ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺇﻥ ﺴﻤﻌﺘﻡ ﺼﻭﺘﻪ ﻓﻼ ﺘﻘﺴﻭﺍ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻜﻡ ‪ :‬ﻴﻨﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﺴﻤﻌﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﱢﺹ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﻘﺴﻭﺍ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﺭﻓﻀﻭﻫﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴُﺤﺭَﻤﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺩﺨﻭل‬ ‫ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻫﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻋﺎﺵ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺩﺨﻭل ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺒﺯﻤﻥ ﻁﻭﻴل ﻴﻨﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻟﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻬﺒﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻜﻨﻌﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻴﺩ ﻴﺸﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻠﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻨﺩﺨﻠﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺇﻥ ﺴﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪32‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :9‬ﻴُﻔﻬَﻡ ﻤﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺕ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺽ ﻜﻨﻌﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬـﺎ ﺸـﻌﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴـﺩ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨـﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴـﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺩﺨل ﺭﺍﺤﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺩﺨل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺴﺘﺭﺍﺡ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ‪ :‬ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻭﺃﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ‪ :‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﺭﺍﺡ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻊ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺨﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻭﻓﺭﺡ ﺒﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﺘﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺩﺨﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻴﻔﺭﺤﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻫﻡ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺩﺨل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻴﺩﺓ ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻟﺭﺍﺤـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﻰ‬ ‫ﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﻜﻤﺎل ﺨﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺘﻨﺸﻐل ﻜﺜﻴﺭًﺍ ﺒﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺠﺴﺩﻙ ﻭﺘﻨﻌﻤﻪ ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻜﻠﻪ ﻤﺅﻗﺕ ﻭﺯﺍﺌل‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺩﺭ ﻤﺎ ﺘﺴـﺘﻁﻴﻊ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻁ ﻓﺭﺼﺔ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺼﻠﻰ ﻭﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻭﻟﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺠﺯﺌﻴًﺎ ﻓﺘﺘﻤﺘـﻊ ﺒﻌﺸـﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺃﻋ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬الجھاد لدخول الراحة )ع‪:(16-11‬‬ ‫ﺼﻴَﺎ ِﻥ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﻋَﻴْﻨﹺﻬَﺎ‪َ 12 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﹶﻛ ِﻠ َﻤ ﹶﺔ‬ ‫ﻂ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ﻓِﻲ ِﻋ ْﺒ َﺮ ِﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﻘﹸ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺍﺣَﺔﹶ‪ِ ،‬ﻟﹶﺌﻼﱠ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺠَﺘ ﹺﻬ ْﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻧ ْﺪﺧُ ﹶﻞ ِﺗ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫‪ 11‬ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠَﻨ ْ‬ ‫ﺻ ﹺﻞ‬ ‫ﺡ َﻭﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﻔﹶﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻭﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ ﹾﻔ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻒ ﺫِﻱ َﺣﺪﱠْﻳﻦﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺧَﺎ ﹺﺭ ﹶﻗ ﹲﺔ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﻣ ﹾﻔ َﺮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺣَﻴﱠﺔﹲ ﻭَﻓﹶﻌﱠﺎﻟﹶﺔﹲ َﻭﹶﺃ ْﻣﻀَﻰ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﺳ ْﻴ ٍ‬ ‫ﺍِ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺧَﻠِﻴﻘﹶﺔﹲ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ ﻇﹶﺎ ِﻫ َﺮ ٍﺓ ﹸﻗﺪﱠﺍ َﻣﻪُ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ َﺷ ْﻲ ٍﺀ ﻋُﺮْﻳَﺎﻥﹲ‬ ‫ﺴ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻭﹺﻧﻴﱠﺎِﺗﻪِ‪َ 13 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫َﻭﺍﹾﻟ ِﻤﺨَﺎﺥﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻣُ َﻤﻴﱢ َﺰﺓﹲ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓﻜﹶﺎ َﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ﹾﻠ ﹺ‬

‫ﻉ ﺍْﺑ ُﻦ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻛ َﻬَﻨ ٍﺔ ﻋَﻈِﻴﻢٌ ﹶﻗ ِﺪ ﺍ ْﺟﺘَﺎ َﺯ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎﻭَﺍﺕِ‪َ ،‬ﻳﺴُﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ َﻣ َﻌﻪُ ﹶﺃ ْﻣ ُﺮﻧَﺎ‪ 14 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﺫ ﻟﹶﻨَﺎ َﺭﺋِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﻭَﻣَﻜﹾﺸُﻮﻑٌ ِﻟ َﻌ ْﻴَﻨ ْﻲ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬

‫ﻀ َﻌﻔﹶﺎِﺗﻨَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻣُﺠَﺮﱠﺏٌ ﻓِﻲ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻛ َﻬَﻨ ٍﺔ ﹶﻏ ْﻴﺮُ ﻗﹶﺎ ِﺩ ﹴﺭ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ْﺮِﺛ َﻲ ِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ َﺭﺋِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹ ﹾﻗﺮَﺍﺭﹺ‪َ 15 .‬ﻷ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠَﻨَﺘ َﻤﺴﱠ ْ‬ ‫ﺠ َﺪ ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤ ﹰﺔ َﻋﻮْﻧﹰﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺣِﻴﹺﻨﻪِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺵ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤ ِﺔ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻲ َﻧﻨَﺎ ﹶﻝ َﺭ ْﺣ َﻤ ﹰﺔ َﻭَﻧ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻼ َﺧ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔٍ‪ 16 .‬ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠَﻨَﺘ ﹶﻘﺪﱠ ْﻡ ﹺﺑِﺜ ﹶﻘ ٍﺔ ﹺﺇﹶﻟﻰ َﻋ ْﺮ ﹺ‬ ‫َﺷ ْﻲ ٍﺀ ِﻣ ﹾﺜﻠﹸﻨَﺎ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬

‫‪33‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ع‪ :11‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺄﻜﺩﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻫﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﺎﻫﺩ ﺭﻭﺤﻴًﺎ ﻟﺘﺭﻙ ﻜل ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻓﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻨﺴﻘﻁ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻋﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻗﺩﻴﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻨﺘﻌﻅ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺘﺸﻴﺦ ﺒل ﺩﺍﺌﻤًﺎ ﻗﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻤﻀﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﺴﻴﻑ ﺫﻯ ﺤﺩﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﺤﺎﺩﺓ ﺠﺩًﺍ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻑ ﺫﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻘﻁﻊ ﻴﻤﻴﻨﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻰ ﺘﻜﺸﻑ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺨﻁﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺨﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻔﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺼل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺥ ﻭﻤﻤﻴﺯﺓ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻠـﺏ ﻭﻨﻴﺎﺘـﻪ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﺘﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺭﻭﺤﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺼل ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻓﺘﻜﺸﻑ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﻭﺘﺩﻋﻭ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﻭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺨﻴﺭ ﺴﻨﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺎﻫﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻜﺸﻑ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻴﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﺭﺠﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﻨﻤـﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﻋﻤل ﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﻕ‪ .‬ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺨﺎﻟﻕ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻬﺎ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺨﺎﻟﻘﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﺩﺒﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺨﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻋﻅﻴﻡ ‪ :‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺭﻭﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴـﺩﺨل ﻭﺤـﺩﻩ ﺇﻟــﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻡ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺩﺨل ﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﻌـﺩ ﻟﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﻤﻜﺎﻨﹰﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺩ ﺍﺠﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ‪ :‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻗﺩﻴﻤًﺎ ﻴﺩﺨل ﺒﺎﻟﺩﻡ ﻭﻴﺠﺘﺎﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺩﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﻟﻴﻜ ﱢﻔﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺭﻤﺯًﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﻭل ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺍﺠﺘﺎﺯ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺴـﻤﻭﺍﺕ‬

‫‪34‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻌﺭﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﻜﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴـﺎ ﻟﻴﺼـل ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺴـﻤﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻗﺭﺍﺭ ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻤﺨﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤـﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴـﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻜﻬﻨﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﻤﺨﱢﻠﺼﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻋ ﱠﺩ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩﻨﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻭﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠﻌﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻯ ﻤﺴﻴﺤﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺇﻟﻬًﺎ ﺒﻌﻴﺩًﺍ ﻋﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺘﺠﺴـﺩ‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺸ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻤل ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻤﺜﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﺸﻌﺭﻨﺎ ﺒﻘﺭﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﺇﺸﻔﺎﻗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻀﻌﻔﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻫﻭ ﺒﻼ ﺨﻁﻴـﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻯ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺨﱢﻠﺼﻨﺎ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16‬ﻴﺩﻓﻌﻨﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﺃﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﻬﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺭﺸﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻔﻴﺽ ﻨﻌﻤﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺃﺤﺒﻨﺎ ﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻤﺤﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺴﻨﺩﻨﺎ ﺒﺭﺤﻤﺘﻪ ﻜل ﺤﻴﻥ ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻴﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻭﻨﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﻨﻠﺘﺠﺊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺜﻕ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻯ ﻟﻙ ﻭ ﹶﺘ ﹶﻘﺩﱠﻡ ﻨﺤﻭﻩ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻙ ﻭﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﻬﻭ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻨﻘﺫﻙ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﺤﺒﻙ ﻭﻟﻥ ﻴﺘﺭﻜﻙ ﻓﻴﺭﻓﻌﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺒﻙ ﻭﻴﺴﻨﺩﻙ ﻓﻰ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺤﻴﺎﺘـﻙ‬ ‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻭﺼﻠﻙ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ‪ ..‬ﺜﻕ ﻓﻰ ﻨﺼﺭﺘﻙ ﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪35‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫اح َ‬ ‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫الخا ِم ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﻭﻯ ﻭﻛﻬﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬رئيس الكھنة اليھودى )ع‪:(4-1‬‬ ‫ﺢ‬ ‫ﲔ َﻭ ﹶﺫﺑَﺎِﺋ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻓِﻲ ﻣَﺎ ﻟِﻠﱠﻪِ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻲ ﻳُ ﹶﻘﺪﱢ َﻡ ﹶﻗﺮَﺍﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ُﻳﻘﹶﺎ ُﻡ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻛ َﻬَﻨ ٍﺔ َﻣ ﹾﺄﺧُﻮ ٍﺫ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫‪َ 1‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﺭﺋِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻒ َﻳﻠﹾَﺘ ﹺﺰﻡُ‬ ‫ﺠﻬﱠﺎ ﹺﻝ َﻭﺍﻟﻀﱠﺎﻟﱢﲔَ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﻫُ َﻮ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ﻣُﺤَﺎﻁﹲ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻀﱡ ْﻌﻒِ‪َ 3 .‬ﻭِﻟ َﻬﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﱡ ْﻌ ِ‬ ‫ﺨﻄﹶﺎَﻳﺎ‪2 ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﺩِﺭﹰﺍ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳَﺘ َﺮﻓﱠ َﻖ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ ُ‬ ‫َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ َﻧ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺨﻄﹶﺎﻳَﺎ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﱠ ْﻌ ﹺ‬ ‫ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻳُ ﹶﻘﺪﱢﻡُ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻪِ‪َ 4 .‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ﹾﺄﺧُﺬﹸ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮﻇِﻴ ﹶﻔ ﹶﺔ ﺑﹺﻨَﻔﹾﺴِﻪِ‪،‬‬ ‫َﺑ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﺪ ُﻋّ ُﻮ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻫَﺎﺭُﻭﻥﹸ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﺎﹰ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :1‬ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻋﻥ ﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﻭﻯ ﺃﻯ ﻫﺭﻭﻥ ﻭﻜل ﺭﺅﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺨﻠﻔﺎﺌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺅﺨﺫﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘ ﱢﺩﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻨﻭﺍل ﻏﻔﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :2‬ﻷﻥ ﺭﺅﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ‪ :‬ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻭﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻡ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺤﺴﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺃﻓﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺎﻁﺌﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻘﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :3‬ﻷﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻀﻌﻴﻑ ُﻤﻌَﺭﱠﺽ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﻋﻥ‬ ‫ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻁﺒﻌًﺎ ﺒﺨﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﺫﺒﻴﺤـﺔ ﻋـﻥ‬ ‫ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﻗﺩﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :4‬ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﻻ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺄﺨﺫﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻌ ﱢﻴﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺒل ﻻﺒﺩ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻜﻬﺭﻭﻥ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺘ ﱠﻤﺕ ﺩﻋﻭﺘﻪ ﺒﺎﻻﺴﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ "ﻗﺭﺏ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻙ ﻫﺭﻭﻥ ﺃﺨﺎﻙ ﻭﺒﻨﻴﻪ ﻤﻌﻪ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻟﻴﻜﻬﻥ ﻟﻰ" )ﺨﺭ‪.(1 :28‬‬

‫‪36‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح َ‬ ‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫الخا ِم ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﺸﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﻀﻌﻔﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺭﻏﻡ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ‪ .‬ﺃﻓﻼ ﻴﻠﻴﻕ ﺒﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻀﻌﻔﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻨﺤﻥ ﺒﺸﺭ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻑ ﻤﺜﻠﻬﻡ ؟!‬

‫)‪ (2‬المسيح رئيس الكھنة )ع‪:(14-5‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍْﺑﻨﹺﻲ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﺍﹾﻟَﻴ ْﻮ َﻡ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻛ َﻬَﻨﺔٍ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ﹶﻟﻪُ‪» :‬ﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﲑ َﺭﺋِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺼَ‬ ‫ﺴﻪُ ِﻟَﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﺢ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ُﻳ َﻤﺠﱢ ْﺪ َﻧ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ُ‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﹶﻛ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬

‫ﻕ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻛﹶﺎﻫِﻦٌ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ َﻷَﺑ ِﺪ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺭُْﺗَﺒ ِﺔ َﻣ ﹾﻠﻜِﻲ ﺻَﺎ ِﺩ َ‬ ‫ﺿ ﹴﻊ ﺁ َﺧﺮَ‪» :‬ﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﻚ«‪ 6 .‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ﻓِﻲ َﻣ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫َﻭﹶﻟﺪْﺗُ َ‬

‫ﺼﻪُ ِﻣ َﻦ‬ ‫ﺨﻠﱢ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ِﻟ ﹾﻠﻘﹶﺎ ِﺩ ﹺﺭ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُ َ‬ ‫ﻀﺮﱡﻋَﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻭَﺗ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ِﻃ ﹾﻠﺒَﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﺥ َﺷﺪِﻳ ٍﺪ َﻭ ُﺩﻣُﻮ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺼﺮَﺍ ﹴ‬ ‫‪7‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻲ ﹶﺃﻳﱠﺎ ﹺﻡ ﺟَﺴَﺪِﻩِ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻗﺪﱠ َﻡ ﹺﺑ ُ‬

‫ﺠﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮﺕِ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺳُ ِﻤ َﻊ ﹶﻟﻪُ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ َﺗ ﹾﻘﻮَﺍﻩُ‪َ 8 ،‬ﻣ َﻊ ﹶﻛ ْﻮﹺﻧ ِﻪ ﺍﺑْﻨﹰﺎ َﺗ َﻌﻠﱠ َﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺎ َﻋ ﹶﺔ ِﻣﻤﱠﺎ َﺗﹶﺄﻟﱠ َﻢ ﹺﺑﻪِ‪َ 9 .‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﻛﹸﻤﱢ ﹶﻞ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ ِﻟ َ‬

‫ﺲ ﹶﻛ َﻬَﻨ ٍﺔ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺭُْﺗَﺒ ِﺔ ﻣَﻠﹾﻜِﻲ ﺻَﺎ ِﺩﻕَ‪11 .‬ﺍﹶﻟﱠﺬِﻱ‬ ‫ﷲ َﺭﺋِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺹ ﹶﺃَﺑ ِﺪﻱﱟ‪َ 10 ،‬ﻣ ْﺪﻋُّﻮﹰﺍ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺐ َﺧ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ ﻳُﻄِﻴﻌُﻮَﻧﻪُ َﺳَﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﺮُﺗ ْﻢ ﻣَُﺘﺒَﺎ ِﻃﺌِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴَﺎ ِﻣﻊﹺ‪َ 12 .‬ﻷﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ‬ ‫ﲑ ِﻟَﻨ ْﻨ ِﻄ َﻖ ﹺﺑﻪِ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﹺ‬ ‫ﺴﺮُ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﲑ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪﻧَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻋ ِ‬ ‫ﻼﻡُ ﹶﻛِﺜ ٌ‬ ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬِﺘ ِﻪ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹶ‬

‫ﺤﺘَﺎﺟُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُ َﻌﻠﱢ َﻤﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ﻣَﺎ ِﻫ َﻲ ﹶﺃ ْﺭﻛﹶﺎ ﹸﻥ َﺑﺪَﺍ َﺀ ِﺓ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻃﹸﻮ ﹺﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﱠﻣَﺎﻥِ‪َ ،‬ﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺴَﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫ﲔ ِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻳَﻨْﺒَﻐِﻲ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﺗﻜﹸﻮُﻧﻮﺍ ﻣُ َﻌﻠﱢ ِﻤ َ‬

‫ﲔ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠَﺒ ﹺﻦ ﹶﻻ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﻃﻌَﺎ ﹴﻡ ﹶﻗ ﹺﻮﻱﱟ‪َ 13 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﻣ ْﻦ َﻳَﺘﻨَﺎ َﻭﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠَﺒ َﻦ ﻫُ َﻮ َﻋ ِﺪﱘُ‬ ‫ﺤﺘَﺎ ﹺﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﺮُﺗ ْﻢ ُﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗﻮَﺍ ﹺﻝ ﺍﷲِ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ِ‬

‫ﺕ ﹶﻟﻬُﻢُ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ َﻤﺮﱡ ِﻥ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ ْ‬ ‫ﺴَﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﻡ ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺒﺮﱢ َﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ِﻃ ﹾﻔﻞﹲ‪14 ،‬ﻭَﺃﹶﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻌَﺎ ُﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ﹺﻮﻱﱡ ﹶﻓ ِﻠ ﹾﻠﺒَﺎِﻟ ِﻐﲔَ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﺒ َﺮ ِﺓ ﻓِﻲ ﹶﻛ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬

‫ﺨ ْﻴ ﹺﺮ َﻭﺍﻟﺸﱠﺮﱢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤﻮَﺍﺱﱡ ﻣُ َﺪﺭﱠَﺑ ﹰﺔ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻤْﻴﹺﻴﺰﹺ َﺑ ْﻴ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :5‬ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺜل‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺒل ﺍﷲ ﺍﻵﺏ ﺩﻋﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﻀﻤﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻜﺸﻑ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻰ ﻓﻰ )ﻤﺯ‪ (7 :2‬ﻤﺩﻯ ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺒﻥ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ ﻻﺒﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺒﻁ ﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﺒﺎﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻰ ﻤلﺀ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﺭﺴﻠﻪ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻟﻴﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﻭﻴﻔﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﻘﻭﻟﻪ "ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﻭﻟﺩﺘﻙ"‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﻅﻴﻔﻰ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺃﻗﻨﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﻹﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺭﻭﻥ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺩﻋﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺎﻷﺤﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺭﻤﺯ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﺭﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺩﻋﺎﻩ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻤﻭﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪37‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ع‪ :6‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﺴﺘﺤﻘﺎﻗﻪ ﻭﻗﺩﺭﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺘﻤـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺘﻰ ﻜﺈﻟﻪ ﻤﺘﺠﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ )ﻤﺯ‪ ،(4 :110‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺨﺎﻁﺏ ﺍﻵﺏ ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﺃﻨﻙ ﻜﺎﻫﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﺒﺩﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ )ﻭﻫﻭ ﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺴﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴل ﺸﺭﺤﻪ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻊ( ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﺸﺊ ﻋﻥ ﻨﺴﺒﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻭﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺭﻤﺯ ﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﹶﺘ َﻤ ﱡﻴﺯ ﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻅﻬﺭ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻋﻨـﺩﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﻘﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻜﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﻭﺸﻔﻴﻊ ﻭﻨﺎﺌﺏ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﻀﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﺒـﺩﻤﻭﻉ ﻭﺃﻨـﺎﱠﺕ‬ ‫ﺸﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺃﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻤًﺎ ﻭﺸﺎﻋﺭًﺍ ﺒﻀﻌﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ؛ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﻘﺒل ﺍﷲ ﺘﺨﻠﻴﺹ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﻟﻡ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺸﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻜﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﻨﺎﺌﺏ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻅﻬﺭ ﻭﺘﺜ ﱠﺒﺕ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻨﺠﻴﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻭﺒﺸﻔﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻨـﺎ ﺃﻤـﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ‬ ‫ﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﻟﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﺠﺏ ﺼﻭﺘﻪ ﻭﺇﺭﺍﺩﺘﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻫﻭ ﻭﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﺭﺍﺨﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺒﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺠﺜﺴﻴﻤﺎﻨﻰ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻤﺩﻯ ﻗﺴﻭﺓ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺤﺘﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻜﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻜﻬﻨـﺔ‬ ‫ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺫﺍﺘﻪ ﻜﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﺸﻌﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻨﻪ ﺒﺎﺭ ﺒﻼ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺴﻤﻊ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻵﺏ ﺃﻯ ﺍﺴﺘﻁﺎﻉ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﻓﻊ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﺩﺍﻫﺎ ﺒﻤﻭﺘﻪ ﺜﻡ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻯ ﺃﻗﺎﻤﻪ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻤﺴﺘﺠﻴﺒًﺎ ﻟﺼﺭﺍﺨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓـﺎﻟﻼﻫﻭﺕ ﺃﻗـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺴﻭﺕ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻤﺘﺤﺩ ﺒﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻨﺎﺴﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻭﻓﻰ ﻨﻔـﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗـﺕ ﺘﻅﻬـﺭ‬ ‫ﻻﻫﻭﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺒﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻤﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻫﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺤﺒﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﻌﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﺸﻌﻭﺭﻩ ﺒﺎﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﻋﻥ ﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﻭﺃﻅﻬﺭ ﺨﻀﻭﻋﻪ ﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩل ﻓﻰ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل‬ ‫ﻜل ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪38‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح َ‬ ‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫الخا ِم ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :9‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﻤﺎ ﺃﻜﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﺜﻡ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﺼﻌﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﻁﻴﻊ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﻴﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻴﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺼﻨﻌﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﺒﺩﺨﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺇﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﻜﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻜﻬﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺩﻋﺎﻩ‬ ‫ل ﻜﺎﻫﻨﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻘﺱ ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺒﺘﻤﺠﻴﺩ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻜﻤﺨﻠﺹ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻵﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻅ ّ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﺎﺩﻯ ﻟﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﻫﺭﻭﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺅﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻓﺄﺒﺩﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻘﺱ ﻭﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺴﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﺸﺭﺤﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺭﺍﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻨﺎ ﺒﺨﺼﻭﺼﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺭ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻟﻥ ﻨﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻷﻨﻜﻡ ﻟﻥ ﺘﻔﻬﻤﻭﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺴﻴﻘﺎل ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻨﻜﻡ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺘﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﺼﺎﺒﻜﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺒﻌﻀﻜﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﺭﺘﺩﺍﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ‬ ‫ﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﺁﺫﺍﻨﻜﻡ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻬﻡ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺘﻜﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺒﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺭﻤﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺭﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﺩﺍﺀﺓ ﺃﻗﻭﺍل ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﻬل ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴُﻌﻁﹶﻰ ﻟﻸﻁﻔﺎل‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻗﻭﻯ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻭﺒﺦ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻜﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ‬ ‫ﺘﻤﺴﻜﻬﻡ ﺒﺭﻤﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺨﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺸﻜﻭﻜﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﺩﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺄﻜﻠﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻴﻌﻠﱢﻤﻭﺍ ﻏﻴﺭﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺩﺌﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺼﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻫﻡ ﻤﺒﺘﺩﺌﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻴﺤﺘﺎﺠﻭﻥ ﻹﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ‬ ‫ﺘﺭﻤﺯ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻜل ﺭﻤﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪39‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ع‪ :13‬ﻴﻭﺍﺼل ﺘﻭﺒﻴﺨﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻫﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻗﺒﻭل ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻴﻌﻁﻠﻬﻡ ﻋﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻕ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺘﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﻤﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻤﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺭﻥ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﺱ ‪ :‬ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻴُﻌﻁﹶﻰ ﻟﻠﺜﺎﺒﺘﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﻤﻴﻥ ﺒﺨﻼﺹ ﻨﻔﻭﺴﻬﻡ ﻟﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻙ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﺘﺩﺭﺒﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‬ ‫ﻴﻘﺒﻠﻭﻥ ﺒﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﻤﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﷲ ﻭﻴﺯﺩﺍﺩﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺩﺌﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻤﺎﺯﺍﻟﻭﺍ ﻴﻨﺎﻗﺸﻭﻥ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻴﺎ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻴﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻴﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒﻠﺕ ﻜل ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻴﺎ‬

‫ﻰ ﺃﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻴﺽ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻰ ﺘﻬﺒﻨﻰ ﻨﺼﻴﺒًﺎ ﻤﻌﻙ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺘﻘﻑ ﻓﻰ ﻗﺩﺱ ﺃﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺘﺘﺭﺁﻑ ﻋﻠ ﱠ‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺘﻙ‪ .‬ﻴﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻤﻠﺕ ﻀﻌﻔﻰ ﻓﻴﻙ ﻟﺘﺤﻭﻟﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺨﺫﺕ ﺨﻁﻴﺘﻰ ﻟﺘﻠﺒﺴﻨﻰ ﺜﻭﺏ ﺒﺭﻙ‬ ‫ﻴﺎ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﺴﺒﺤﻙ ﻷﻨﻙ ﺍﺸﻔﻘﺕ ﻋﻠﻰّ‪ .‬ﺃﺸﻜﺭﻙ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟـﺭﺅﻭﻑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺭﺜﻰ ﻟﻀﻌﻔﻰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻁﻴﻊ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻁﻌﺕ ﺃﻨﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺸﺘﺭﻙ ﻓـﻰ ﺁﻻﻤـﻙ‬

‫ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺨﻼﺼًﺎ ﺃﺒﺩﻴًﺎ ﺁﻤﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪40‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫سا ِد ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫سا ِد ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬اإلرتداد عن اإليمان )ع‪:(8-1‬‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْﻮَﺑ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ﹶﺃﺳَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺿ ِﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺢ ِﻟَﻨَﺘ ﹶﻘﺪﱠ ْﻡ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜﻤَﺎﻝﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ ﻭَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ َﻡ َﺑﺪَﺍ َﺀ ِﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﺗَﺎ ﹺﺭﻛﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻛ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻭَﻧ ْ‬ ‫‪ِ1‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺿ َﻊ ﺍ َﻷﻳَﺎﺩِﻱ‪ِ ،‬ﻗﻴَﺎ َﻣ ﹶﺔ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻣﻮَﺍﺕِ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﱠْﻳﻨُﻮَﻧ ﹶﺔ‬ ‫ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻋﻤَﺎ ﹺﻝ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﻴﱢَﺘﺔِ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﺑﹺﺎﷲِ‪َ2 ،‬ﺗ ْﻌﻠِﻴ َﻢ ﺍﻟﹾﻤَﻌْﻤُﻮﺩِﻳﱠﺎﺕِ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻭ ْ‬ ‫ﺍ َﻷَﺑ ِﺪﻳﱠ ﹶﺔ ‪3 -‬ﻭَﻫَﺬﹶﺍ َﺳَﻨ ﹾﻔ َﻌﻠﹸﻪُ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃ ِﺫ ﹶﻥ ﺍﷲُ‪َ 4 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﺍ ْﺳﺘُﹺﻨﲑُﻭﺍ َﻣﺮﱠﺓﹰ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺫﹶﺍﻗﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ِﻫَﺒ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎ ﹺﻭﻳﱠ ﹶﺔ َﻭﺻَﺎﺭُﻭﺍ‬

‫ُﺷ َﺮﻛﹶﺎ َﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﱠ ْﻫ ﹺﺮ ﺍﻵﺗِﻲ‪6 ،‬ﻭَﺳَﻘﹶﻄﹸﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ﻳُ ْﻤ ِﻜﻦُ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹶﺔ َﻭ ﹸﻗﻮﱠﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻘ ُﺪﺱﹺ‪َ 5 ،‬ﻭﺫﹶﺍﻗﹸﻮﺍ ﹶﻛ ِﻠ َﻤ ﹶﺔ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ﹶﻄ َﺮ‬ ‫ﺸﻬﱢﺮُﻭَﻧﻪُ‪َ 7 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﹶﺃﺭْﺿﹰﺎ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺷ ﹺﺮَﺑ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺛﹶﺎﹺﻧَﻴ ﹰﺔ َﻭﻳُ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺﻬ ِﻢُ ﺍْﺑ َﻦ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺼ ِﻠﺒُﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻷْﻧﻔﹸ ِ‬ ‫ﺠﺪِﻳ ُﺪ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ ْﻮَﺑﺔِ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫َﺗ ْ‬

‫ﺖ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ِﻠ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﺗﻨَﺎ ﹸﻝ َﺑ َﺮ ﹶﻛ ﹰﺔ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﷲِ‪َ 8 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺤ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ ُﻋﺸْﺒﹰﺎ ﺻَﺎﻟِﺤﹰﺎ ِﻟﻠﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﻓﹸ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺠ ْ‬ ‫ﲑﺓﹰ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃْﻧَﺘ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻵِﺗ َﻲ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴﻬَﺎ ِﻣﺮَﺍﺭﹰﺍ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬

‫ﺤﺮﹺﻳﻖﹺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ َﺷﻮْﻛﹰﺎ َﻭ َﺣﺴَﻜﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹺﻬ َﻲ ﻣَﺮْﻓﹸﻮﺿَﺔﹲ َﻭ ﹶﻗﺮﹺﻳﺒَﺔﹲ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ْﻌَﻨﺔِ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﹺﻧﻬَﺎَﻳُﺘﻬَﺎ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃ ْﺧ َﺮ َﺟ ْ‬ ‫ع‪:3-1‬ﺒﺩﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ‪ :‬ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎل ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻀﻌﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﺸﻐﻠﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺘﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺴﺘﻭﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺎﺕ ‪ :‬ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺒﺘﻔﺎﺼﻴل ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﻨﻭﺍﻋﻪ ﻟﻸﻁﻔﺎل ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻷﻴﺎﺩﻯ ‪ :‬ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻴﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﻭﺍﻷﺴﺎﻗﻔﺔ ﻹﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ )ﺃﻯ‬ ‫ﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺭﻭﻥ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺩﻋﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﻰ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻴﻤﺜﻼﻥ ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺩﺨﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﺃﻭل ﺴﺭّﻴﻥ ﻴﻬﺒﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺒﻠﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪41‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺒﺩﺃﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﺔ ﺃﺠﺴﺎﺩﻫﻡ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﺠﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﻟﺩﺨﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﺩ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﺤﺘﺎﺠﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻨﺸﻐﻠﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻤﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻤﺎ ﻴﺸﻴﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻨﻪ ﺍﻷﻫﻡ ﻭﺴﻴﻔﻌﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺴﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻋﻥ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻌﺸﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :6-4‬ﺍﺴﺘﻨﻴﺭﻭﺍ ﻤﺭﺓ ‪ :‬ﻨﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻫﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﺃﻯ ﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻫﺭ ﺍﻵﺘﻰ ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﻌﻭﺍ ﻤﻌﺠﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺨﺘﺒﺭﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺒﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻴﻘـﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﻰ ﺒﺼﻴﺹ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﻘﻁﻭﺍ ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺘﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺠﺩﻴﺩﻫﻡ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺘﻬﻡ ﺇﻥ ﺘﺎﺒﻭﺍ ﻭﺭﺠﻌﻭﺍ ﻟﻺﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺼﻠﺒﻭﻥ ﻷﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺜﺎﻨﻴ ﹰﺔ ﻭﻴﺸﻬﺭﻭﻨﻪ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟ ُﻤ َﻌﻤﱠﺩ ﻴﻤﻭﺕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺩﻓﻨﻪ ﻓـﻰ ﻤـﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺜﻡ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻤﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻴﻨﺎل ﻗﻭﺓ ﺼﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻤﻭﺘﻪ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﻤـﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﺭﺘﻴﻥ ﻟﻺﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟ ُﻤ َﻌﻤﱠﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﻋﻴﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻜﺄﻨﻨﺎ ﻨﺼﻠﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻭﻨﺸﻬﺭ ﺒﻪ ﺃﻯ ﻨﻠﺒﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻴﺠﻴﺏ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻋﻥ ﺴﺅﺍل ﺒﺨﺼﻭﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺭﺘﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﺩ‬ ‫ﻨﻭﺍﻟﻬﻡ ﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻭﺘﻤﺘﻌﻬﻡ ﺒﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺒل ﻭﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺯﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻤل ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬل ﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺘﻬﻡ ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻭل ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺘﻬﻡ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺩﻴﺩ‬ ‫ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺴﺭ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﺭﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻤﻭﺕ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﺎﻡ ﻤﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺤـﺩﺓ ﻭﻴﻨـﺎل ﻁﺒﻴﻌـﺔ‬ ‫ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺘﺴﺨﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺭﺘﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺘﺭﺍﻑ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﻫﻭ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﻴﻭﺤﻨﺎ ﺫﻫﺒﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺁﺭﺍﺀ ﻵﺒﺎﺀ ﺁﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻤﺜل ﺘﺭﺘﻠﻴﺎﻨﻭﺱ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴُﻘﺼَﺩ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﻬـﻭﺩ ﺍﻟـﺫﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺘﻨﺼﺭﻭﺍ ﺜﻡ ﻋﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺼﺭّﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺠﻭﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻜـل ﻤـﻥ‬

‫‪42‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫سا ِد ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻴﺼ ّﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺠﻭﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻔﺴﺭﻭﺍ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺴﻘﻁﻭﺍ ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻹﺼـﺭﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻹﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻁﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﺠﺩﻴﺩﻫﻡ ﻭﻨﻭﺍﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﺭﺍﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺴﺭ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﺭﺍﻑ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﻟﺭﻓﻀﻬﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻡ ﺒﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﻴﺼﻠﺒﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﻠﺒﺴﻭﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺯﻯ ﻟﺭﻓﻀﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ : 7‬ﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺄﺭﺽ ﻴﻨﺯل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺭ ﺃﻯ ﺒﺭﻜـﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﻨﺒﺎﺘﺎﺕ ﺠﻴﺩﺓ ﺃﻯ ﺜﻤـﺎﺭ ﻟﻠـﺭﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻭﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺍﷲ ﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻴﻬﻡ ﺃﻤﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﻴﻜﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﻘﻭل ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺜﻤـﺎﺭًﺍ ﺼـﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﺒﻌـﺩ ﻨﻭﺍﻟﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻤﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺁﻤﻨﻭﺍ ﻭﻋﺎﺸﻭﺍ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺜﻡ ﺍﺭﺘﺩﻭﺍ ﻭﺴﻘﻁﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻁﺎﻴـﺎ‬ ‫ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﺭﻓﻭﻀﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻗﺭﻴﺒﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺤل ﻫﻭ ﺘﻭﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺭﺠﻭﻋﻬﻡ ﻟﻺﻴﻤـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺍﺭﺘﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻴﻐﻔﺭ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻴﺴﺘﻌﻴﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻀﻭﻴﺘﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺘﻙ ﺘﺴﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺓ ﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻭﺴﺎﺌﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﺄﺨﺫﻫﺎ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺴﻁﺤﻰ ﻓﺘﻔﻘﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻴﻌﻴﺩ ﻟﻙ ﺤﻤﺎﺴﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻁ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﺘﺘﻌﻤﻕ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻙ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬التشجيع على األعمال الصالحة )ع‪:(12-9‬‬ ‫ﻼﺹﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹸﻨﱠﺎ َﻧَﺘ ﹶﻜﻠﱠﻢُ‬ ‫ﺨﹶ‬ ‫ﻀﻞﹶ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻣُﺨَْﺘﺼﱠ ﹰﺔ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫‪9‬ﻭَﻟﹶﻜِﻨﱠﻨَﺎ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺗَﻴﻘﱠﻨﱠﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬِﺘﻜﹸﻢْ ﺃﹶﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ َﻷ ِﺣﺒﱠﺎ ُﺀ ﺃﹸﻣُﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َ‬

‫ﺤ َﻮ ﺍ ْﺳ ِﻤﻪِ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻇ َﻬ ْﺮُﺗﻤُﻮﻫَﺎ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹺﺑﻈﹶﺎِﻟ ﹴﻢ ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ َﻳ ْﻨﺴَﻰ َﻋ َﻤ ﹶﻠﻜﹸﻢْ َﻭَﺗ َﻌ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻫَﻜﹶﺬﹶﺍ‪َ 10 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍ َ‬

‫ﲔ‬ ‫ﺸَﺘﻬﹺﻲ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ ِﻣ ْﻨ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﻳُ ﹾﻈ ﹺﻬﺮُ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﺍ ِﻻ ْﺟِﺘﻬَﺎ َﺩ َﻋ ْﻴَﻨﻪُ ِﻟَﻴ ِﻘ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﺪﻣُﻮَﻧ ُﻬﻢْ‪َ 11 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱠﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﲔ َﻭَﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺴَ‬ ‫َﺧ َﺪ ْﻣﺘُﻢُ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘﺪﱢﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ َﻭﺍ َﻷﻧَﺎ ِﺓ ﻳَﺮﹺﺛﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﻮَﺍﻋِﻴﺪَ‪.‬‬ ‫ﲔ َﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻣَُﺘ َﻤﺜﱢ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺟَﺎ ِﺀ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﻬَﺎﻳَﺔِ‪ِ12 ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻲ ﹶﻻ ﺗَﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ ُﻣَﺘﺒَﺎ ِﻃِﺌ َ‬

‫ﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﺒﺜﻘﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻤﺘﻌﻬﻡ‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﻴﺴﺘﺩﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﻓﻴﺸ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺫﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺭﺘﺩﺍﺩ‬

‫‪43‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻭ ﺴﻘﻁ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﻡ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻗﺒﻭل ﺘﻭﺒﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺴﺭ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﺭﺍﻑ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺘﺸﺠﻴﻌﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﺴﻘﻁﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻐﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺄﺱ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻀﻌﻔﺎﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻅﺎﻟﻡ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﻐﻔل ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺼـﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻭﺤـﺒﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺼـﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻟـﺫﻯ‬ ‫ﺃﻅﻬﺭﻭﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﻷﺠل ﺍﺴﻤﻪ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻭﻗﻔـﻭﺍ ﻋـﻥ ﺨﺩﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤـﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒـل‬ ‫ﻭﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﺃﻅﻬﺭ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﺇﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻤﻨﻰ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻬﺘﻡ ﻜـل‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻴﺸﺠﻌﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻁﻭﺍل ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻰ ﺩﻟﻴل ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﺭﺠﺎﺌﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﻴﻭﺍﺼل ﺘﺸﺠﻴﻌﻬﻡ ﻟﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺴل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻪ ﺒﺎﻵﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﺇﺒـﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺒﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺩﺍﺌﺩ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺤﺘـﻰ ﻴﻨـﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﻤﻭﺍﻋﻴـﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻴﺭﺜـﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻫﺘﻡ ﺒﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻓﻬﻭ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻗﺒﻭﻻ ﻭﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨـﺎﺱ ﻤـﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﻴﺦ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﻴﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﻫﺎﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻨﺎﺓ ﻤﻥ‬

‫ﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺅﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﺴل ﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨـﺎﺱ ﻻﺴـﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺜﻘـﺘﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺒﺄﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﺒﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻜﻠﻤﺎﺘﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﻴﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻙ ﺃﻨـﺕ ﺃﻴﻀًـﺎ ﺤﻤﺎﺴًـﺎ‬

‫ﻭﺭﺠﺎﺀً‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬الرجاء فى مواعيد ﷲ )ع‪:(20-13‬‬ ‫ﺴ َﻢ ﹺﺑَﻨ ﹾﻔﺴِﻪِ‪14 ،‬ﻗﹶﺎِﺋﻼﹰ‪» :‬ﹺﺇﻧﱢﻲ‬ ‫ﺴﻢُ ﺑﹺﻪِ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹺﺇْﺑﺮَﺍﻫِﻴﻢَ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ﹸﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ ﹶﻈﻢُ ﻳُ ﹾﻘ ِ‬ ‫‪ 13‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻟﻤﱠﺎ َﻭ َﻋ َﺪ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺴﻤُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺑﹺﺎ َﻷ ْﻋ ﹶﻈﻢﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺱ ُﻳ ﹾﻘ ِ‬ ‫ﻚ َﺗ ﹾﻜﺜِﲑﹰﺍ«‪15 .‬ﻭَﻫَﻜﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﺗَﺄﹶﻧﱠﻰ ﻧَﺎ ﹶﻝ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ِﻋﺪَ‪ 16 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻚ َﺑ َﺮ ﹶﻛ ﹰﺔ َﻭﺃﹸ ﹶﻛﺜﱢ َﺮﻧﱠ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻟﹸﺄﺑَﺎ ﹺﺭ ﹶﻛﻨﱠ َ‬

‫ﷲ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُ ﹾﻈ ﹺﻬ َﺮ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﹶﺜ َﺮ ﹶﻛﺜِﲑﹰﺍ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﺃﹶﺭَﺍﺩَ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺴﻢُ‪ 17 .‬ﹶﻓ ِﻠ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ِﻫ َﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ َ‬ ‫َﻭﹺﻧﻬَﺎَﻳﺔﹸ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ُﻣﺸَﺎ َﺟ َﺮ ٍﺓ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ﹾﺜﺒﹺﻴ ِ‬

‫‪44‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫سا ِد ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﷲ َﻳ ﹾﻜ ِﺬﺏُ‬ ‫ﺴﻢﹴ‪َ 18 ،‬ﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﹺﺑﹶﺄ ْﻣ َﺮْﻳ ﹺﻦ َﻋ ِﺪ َﳝ ﹺﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ َﻐﻴﱡﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ﻳُ ْﻤ ِﻜﻦُ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﻂ ﹺﺑ ﹶﻘ َ‬ ‫ِﻟ َﻮ َﺭﹶﺛ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ِﻋ ِﺪ َﻋ َﺪ َﻡ َﺗ َﻐﻴﱡ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻗﻀَﺎِﺋﻪِ‪َ ،‬ﺗ َﻮﺳﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻉ ﹶﺃﻣَﺎ َﻣﻨَﺎ‪19 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻟﹶﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮﱠﺟَﺎ ِﺀ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮﺿُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺤ ُﻦ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﺍﻟﹾﺘَﺠَﺄﹾﻧَﺎ ِﻟﻨُﻤْ ِ‬ ‫ﻓِﻴ ﹺﻬﻤَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﺗﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ﻟﹶﻨَﺎ َﺗ ْﻌ ﹺﺰَﻳ ﹲﺔ ﻗﹶﻮﹺﻳﱠﺔﹲ‪َ ،‬ﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﻉ ﹶﻛﺴَﺎﹺﺑ ﹴﻖ َﻷ ْﺟ ِﻠﻨَﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺤﺠَﺎﺏﹺ‪َ 20 ،‬ﺣ ْﻴﺚﹸ َﺩ َﺧ ﹶﻞ َﻳﺴُﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻣُﺆَْﺗ َﻤَﻨ ٍﺔ َﻭﺛﹶﺎﹺﺑَﺘﺔٍ‪َ ،‬ﺗ ْﺪﺧُﻞﹸ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﻣَﺎ ﺩَﺍ ِﺧ ﹶﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﹶﻛ ِﻤ ْﺮﺳَﺎ ٍﺓ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠ ﹾﻔ ﹺ‬

‫ﺲ ﹶﻛ َﻬَﻨ ٍﺔ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ َﻷَﺑﺪِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻَﺎﺋِﺮﹰﺍ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺭُْﺗَﺒ ِﺔ َﻣ ﹾﻠﻜِﻲ ﺻَﺎﺩَﻕَ‪َ ،‬ﺭﺋِﻴ َ‬

‫ع‪ :13‬ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﻭﻋﺩﻩ ﻹﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺒﻘﺴﻡ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺅﻜﺩﻭﺍ ﻜﻼﻤﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﻟﻡ‬ ‫ﻴﺠﺩ ﺸﺨﺼًﺎ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻴﻘﺴﻡ ﺒﻪ ﺃﻗﺴﻡ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺼﺩﻕ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺩ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﻭﻋﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺒﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻨﺴل ﻴﺼﻌﺏ ﺇﺤﺼﺎﺀﻩ ﻟﻜﺜﺭﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﺁﻤﻥ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻭﺼﺒﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻭﻋﺎﺵ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻓﻨـﺎل ﻤﻭﺍﻋﻴـﺩ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻭﻟﺩ ﺇﺴﺤﻕ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻭﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻌﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻟﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺴﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﺤﻘﺎﺌﻕ ﻟﺴﺎﻤﻌﻴﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺃﻯ ﺨﻼﻑ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﺴﻤﻭﺍ ﺒﺄﻋﻅﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺭﻓﻭﻩ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﺅﻜﺩﻭﺍ ﺇﺘﻔﺎﻗﻬﻡ ﻭﻋﻬﻭﺩﻫﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺴﻡ ﺒﺎﺴـﻤﻪ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺁﻟﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺜﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻓﻨﻬﻰ ﻋﻨـﻪ‬ ‫ﻷﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻥ ﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﻭﻋﺩﻩ ﻹﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻭﻷﻭﻻﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻫﻡ ﻨﺤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﻔ ﱢﺭﺤﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻴﺜ ﱢﺒﺕ ﺭﺠﺎﺀﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻜ ﱢﺩ ﺼﺩﻕ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﺒﺄﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﻫﻤﺎ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻭﻋﺩﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺭﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪45‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ع‪ :20 ،19‬ﻤﺭﺴﺎﺓ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻬﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴُﻠﻘﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﻟﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﻪ ﻭﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻼ‬ ‫ﺘﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍﺝ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻁﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻠﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺏ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻔﺼل ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻭﻗﺩﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺠﺘﺎﺯﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻤﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ ﻭﻤﻌﻪ ﺩﻡ ﻟﻴﻜﻔﺭ ﺒﻪ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺘﺎﺒﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻗﺩﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺠﺘﻴﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺏ ﻴﺭﻤﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺠﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺼﻌﻭﺩﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻜﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻟﻴﺸﻔﻊ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﻴﻌ ّﺩ ﻟﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻤﻜﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻟﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﺒﻤﺭﺴﺎﺓ ﺘﺜﺒﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺃﻋﺩﱠﻫﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﺠﺘﺎﺯ ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺏ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﺼﻌﻭﺩﻩ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﻴﻅل ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻴﺸﻔﻊ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻜﺎﻫﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﻫﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻤﺯﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺩﻤﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺃﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﻭﻋﻭﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻙ ﻟﻜﻰ ﺘﺘﺸـﺠﻊ ﻤﻬﻤـﺎ ﺃﺤﺎﻁـﺕ ﺒـﻙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻰ ﻤﺅﻗﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺜﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺤ ﱢﻭل ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻴﻙ ﺒـﺩﻻ‬ ‫ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻤﺠﺎ ًﺩﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫‪46‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سا ِب ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫سابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻣﻠﻜﻰ ﺻـﺎﺩﻕ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬كھنوت ملكى صادق أعظم من كھنوت ھرون )ع‪:(10-1‬‬ ‫ﺴ َﺮ ِﺓ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ ِﻠﻲﱢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﺍ ْﺳَﺘ ﹾﻘَﺒ ﹶﻞ ﹺﺇْﺑﺮَﺍﻫِﻴ َﻢ ﺭَﺍﺟﹺﻌﹰﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﻛ ْ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺳَﺎﻟِﻴﻢَ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺎ ِﻫ َﻦ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻕ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫‪َ 1‬ﻷﻥﱠ َﻣ ﹾﻠﻜِﻲ ﺻَﺎ ِﺩ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺒﺮﱢ« ﺛﹸـﻢﱠ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀـﺎﹰ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻢ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﹺﺇْﺑﺮَﺍﻫِﻴﻢُ ُﻋﺸْﺮﹰﺍ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﺷ ْﻲﺀٍ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤَُﺘﺮْ َﺟ َﻢ ﹶﺃﻭﱠ ﹰﻻ » َﻣ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤﻠﹸﻮ ِﻙ َﻭﺑَﺎ َﺭ ﹶﻛﻪُ‪2 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﹶﻗ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺐﹴ‪ .‬ﹶﻻ َﺑﺪَﺍ َﺀ ﹶﺓ ﹶﺃﻳﱠﺎ ﹴﻡ ﹶﻟﻪُ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ﹺﻧﻬَﺎَﻳ ﹶﺔ َﺣﻴَﺎﺓٍ‪ .‬ﺑَـ ﹾﻞ ﻫُـ َﻮ‬ ‫ﻼ َﻧ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹸﺃﻡﱟ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺏ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻱ َﻣ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺳَﺎﻟِﻴ َﻢ« ﹶﺃ ْ‬ ‫» َﻣ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹶﺃ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﻡ ‪3‬ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﻵﺑَﺎ ِﺀ‬ ‫ﻣُﺸَﺒﱠﻪٌ ﺑﹺﺎْﺑ ﹺﻦ ﺍﷲِ‪ .‬ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ َﻳ ْﺒﻘﹶﻰ ﻛﹶﺎﻫِﻨﹰﺎ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ َﻷَﺑﺪِ‪4 .‬ﹸﺛﻢﱠ ﺍْﻧ ﹸﻈﺮُﻭﺍ ﻣَﺎ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ ﹶﻈ َﻢ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻄﹶﺎ ُﻩ ﹺﺇْﺑﺮَﺍﻫِﻴﻢُ َﺭﺋِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﱠ ﹲﺔ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻐﻨَﺎِﺋﻢﹺ‪5 .‬ﻭَﺃﹶﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ُﻫ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺑَﻨﹺﻲ ﹶﻻﻭﹺﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ﹾﺄ ُﺧﺬﹸﻭ ﹶﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ َﻬﻨُﻮﺕَ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠﻬُ ْﻢ َﻭ ِ‬ ‫ُﻋﺸْﺮﹰﺍ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﺭﹾﺃ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺇﹺﺧْﻮَﺗَﻬُﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻣ َﻊ ﹶﺃﻧﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺧ َﺮﺟُﻮﺍ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺻُ ﹾﻠ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹺﺑﻤُ ﹾﻘَﺘﻀَﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻳُ َﻌﺸﱢﺮُﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﱠ ْﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹺﺇْﺑﺮَﺍﻫِﻴﻢَ‪6 .‬ﻭَﻟﹶﻜِـﻦﱠ‬ ‫ﺱ ‪ -‬ﹶﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﻋﺸﱠ َﺮ ﹺﺇْﺑﺮَﺍﻫِﻴﻢَ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺑَﺎ َﺭ َﻙ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﻮَﺍﻋِﻴﺪُ! ‪َ 7‬ﻭﹺﺑﺪُﻭ ِﻥ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ُﻣﺸَﺎ َﺟ َﺮﺓٍ‪ :‬ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻛَﺒﺮُ‬ ‫ﺴ ٌ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻟﻪُ َﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺻ َﻐﺮَ‪8 .‬ﻭَﻫُﻨَﺎ ﺃﹸﻧَﺎﺱٌ ﻣَﺎِﺋﺘُﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻳ ﹾﺄ ُﺧﺬﹸﻭ ﹶﻥ ﻋُﺸْﺮﺍﹰ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ُﻫﻨَﺎ َﻙ ﻓﹶﺎﻟﹾﻤَﺸْﻬُﻮﺩُ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﹺﺑﹶﺄﻧﱠﻪُ َﺣﻲﱞ‪9 .‬ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﹶﺃﻗﹸـﻮﻝﹸ‬ ‫ﻳُﺒَﺎ ﹺﺭﻙُ ﺍ َﻷ ْ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺍﺳَْﺘﻘﹾَﺒ ﹶﻠﻪُ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﺃﺑﹺﻴ ِﻪ ِﺣ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻛ ِﻠ َﻤﺔﹰ‪ :‬ﹺﺇﻥﱠ ﻻﹶﻭﹺﻱ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ﺍﻵ ِﺧ ﹶﺬ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻋﺸَﺎ َﺭ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ُﻋﺸﱢ َﺮ ﹺﺑﹺﺈْﺑﺮَﺍﻫِﻴﻢَ! ‪َ 10‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ ﻓِﻲ ﺻُ ﹾﻠ ﹺ‬ ‫َﻣ ﹾﻠﻜِﻲ ﺻَﺎ ِﺩﻕَ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻷﻥ ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻡ ﻤﻠﻙ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺴﻤﻬﺎ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﺴﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺃﻯ ﺴـﻼﻡ ﺃﻭ‬

‫ﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﺌل ﻜﺎﻫﻨﹰﺎ ﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻙ ﺘﻘﺎﺒل ﻤﻊ ﺃﺒﻴﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺃﺏ ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺭﻡ ﺠﺩًﺍ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺭﺍﻨﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﺠﻌًﺎ ﻤﻨﺘﺼﺭًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﻤﻠﻭﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺴﺒﻭﺍ ﻟﻭﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻗﺩ ﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺃﺏ ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺀ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ )ﺘﻙ‪.(14‬‬

‫ع‪ :2‬ﺸﻌﺭ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺒﻌﻅﻤﺔ ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻓﺄﻋﻁﺎﻩ ﻋﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﺎﺌﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻨﺘﺼـﺎﺭﻩ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﻤﻠﻭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻼﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺘﻪ ﻭﻁﻠﺏ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜـﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﻤﻠﻜـﻰ‬

‫ﺼﺎﺩﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺴﻡ ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﻤﻠﻙ ﺴﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺭﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :3‬ﻅﻬﺭ ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻓﺠﺄﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻰ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻯ ﺫِﻜﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺃﺒـﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ‬

‫ﺃﻤﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻨﺴﺒﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﺼﺤﺔ ﻜﻬﻨﻭﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺭﻭﻨﻰ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺼـﺤﺔ‬

‫‪47‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ﻨﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺹ ﻟﻬﺭﻭﻥ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻘﺒﻭﻻ ﻜﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ )ﻋﺯ‪ .(62 :2‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘـﺩﻴﻡ‬

‫ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻭﻨﻬﺎﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﺒﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ‬

‫ﻟﻪ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﺃﺯﻟﻰ ﺃﺒﺩﻯ ﻭﻷﻥ ﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﻜﺎﻫﻨﹰﺎ ﺃﺒﺩﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :4‬ﻻﺤﻅﻭﺍ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺨﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺭﺍﻨﻴﻭﻥ ﻜﻡ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻋﻅﻤﺔ ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼـﺎﺩﻕ ﻫـﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺃﺒﺎﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﻭﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺭﺍﻨﻰ ﺒﺄﻜﻤﻠﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﺩ ﺃﻋﻁﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﺎﺌﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻟﺩﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﻋﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻟﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺒﻁﻠﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜﺔ ﻤﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪:5‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺭ ﻟﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻯ ﺃﻤﺭ ﻴﺴﺒﻕ ﺫﻜﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ‬ ‫ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ‪ ،‬ﻨﺠﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺴﺒﻁ ﻻﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺒﺈﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل‬ ‫ﻴﺄﺨﺫﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺨﻭﺘﻬﻡ ‪ -‬ﺒﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﺃﻗل ‪ -‬ﺒﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﻁﻰ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ‬ ‫ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻼﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻭﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻥ ﻜل ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﻁ ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺭ ﻟﺴﺒﻁ ﻻﻭﻯ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺴـﺒﺎﻁ ﻟﻬـﺎ ﻜﺭﺍﻤـﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﻨﺴﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺘﺄﻤﺭﻫﻡ ﺒﺈﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺭ ﻟﺴﺒﻁ ﻻﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﻤـﺜﻠﻬﻡ ﻤـﻥ‬ ‫ﻨﺴل ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﺴﺒﻁ ﻻﻭﻯ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﻤﻠﻜـﻰ ﺼـﺎﺩﻕ‪ ،‬ﻤـﻊ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺜﻨﻴﻥ ﻴﺄﺨﺫﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :6‬ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻻ ﻴُﻌﺭﻑ ﻨﺴﺒﻪ ﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻨﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻋﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﺨـﺫ‬ ‫ﻤﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺭ ﻭﻤﻨﻪ ﺴﺒﻁ ﻻﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺨﻭﺘﻪ ﺃﻯ ﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﻁ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﻤﺸﺎﺠﺭﺓ ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻜﺩ ﻭﺒﻼ ﻨﺯﺍﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺸﻙ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜﺔ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺘﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ‬ ‫ﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪48‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سا ِب ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :8‬ﻤﺎﺌﺘﻭﻥ ‪ :‬ﺘﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺴﺒﻁ ﻻﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺄﺨﺫﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺭ ﺘﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺭﺌـﻴﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻓﻬﻭ ﺤﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺜﺎل ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺒـﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻤﻠﻜـﻰ‬ ‫ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻴﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺤﻰ ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﻭﻯ ﻓﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻪ ﻷﻥ ﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‬ ‫ﻴﻤﻭﺘﻭﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10 ،9‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﺃﻨﻰ ﺃﻗﻭل ﻟﻜﻡ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺘﺤﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺍﻟـﻼﻭﻯ ﺍﻟـﺫﻯ ﻗـﺩ‬ ‫ﻴﺤﺎﻭل ﺒﻌﻀﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼـﺎﺩﻕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻻﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺸﺨﺹ ﻫﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﻗـﺩ ﺃﻋﻁـﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺸـﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ‪ -‬ﻋﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ‪ -‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺯﺍل ﻓﻰ ﺼﻠﺏ ﺃﺒﻴﻪ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺭﺍﻨﻰ ﻜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺴﻠﻪ ﺃﻯ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺴل ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻗﺩ ﺨﺭﺠﺕ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﻜﻠﻬـﺎ ﻤﺘﻀـﻤﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺴﺒﻁ ﻻﻭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺕ ﻤﺘﻀﻌًﺎ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﺎل ﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻥ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﺘﺭﻯ ﻓﻀﺎﺌﻠﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺇﺫ ﻴﺭﻯ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺘﻀﺎﻋﻙ ﻴﻬﺒﻙ ﻨﻌ ًﻤﺎ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻁﻠﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻌﱠﻠﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜل ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎل‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬الكمال فى كھنوت المسيح )ع‪:(19-11‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟﺤَﺎ َﺟﺔﹸ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ِﻪ ‪ -‬ﻣَﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﻛﹶﺎَﻧ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﺃ َﺧ ﹶﺬ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﱠ ﹺﻭﻱﱢ ﻛﹶﻤَﺎﻝﹲ ‪ -‬ﹺﺇ ِﺫ ﺍﻟﺸﱠ ْﻌ ُ‬ ‫‪ 11‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠ ْﻮ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ َﻬﻨُﻮ ِ‬ ‫َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳﻘﹸﻮ َﻡ ﻛﹶﺎﻫِﻦٌ ﺁ َﺧﺮُ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺭُْﺗَﺒ ِﺔ َﻣ ﹾﻠﻜِﻲ ﺻَﺎ ِﺩﻕَ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ُﻳﻘﹶﺎ ﹸﻝ »ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺭُْﺗَﺒ ِﺔ ﻫَﺎﺭُﻭ ﹶﻥ«؟ ‪َ 12‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ َﺗ َﻐﻴﱠ َﺮ‬ ‫ﻂ ﺁ َﺧ َﺮ‬ ‫ﺱ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﺎﹰ‪َ 13 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ُﻳﻘﹶﺎ ﹸﻝ َﻋ ْﻨﻪُ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﺷﺮﹺﻳﻜﹰﺎ ﻓِﻲ ِﺳ ْﺒ ٍ‬ ‫ﺼﲑُ َﺗ َﻐﻴﱡ ٌﺮ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹶﻓﺒﹺﺎﻟﻀﱠﺮُﻭ َﺭ ِﺓ َﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ َﻬﻨُﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﻂ َﻳﻬُﻮﺫﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳَﺘ ﹶﻜﻠﱠ ْﻢ َﻋ ْﻨﻪُ ﻣُﻮﺳَﻰ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﺯ ْﻡ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ِﻣ ْﻨﻪُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ﹾﺬَﺑﺢَ‪ 14 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻪُ ﻭَﺍﺿِﺢٌ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ َﺭﺑﱠﻨَﺎ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﹶﻃ ﹶﻠ َﻊ ِﻣ ْﻦ ِﺳ ْﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﻳُ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻕ َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ُﻡ ﻛﹶﺎﻫِﻦٌ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﹶﺜﺮُ ﻭُﺿُﻮﺣﹰﺎ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ِﺷ ْﺒ ِﻪ ﻣَﻠﹾﻜِﻲ ﺻَﺎ ِﺩ َ‬ ‫َﺷﻴْﺌﹰﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ َﻬﻨُﻮﺕِ‪َ 15 .‬ﻭ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪﻳﱠﺔٍ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﱠ ٍﺔ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻧَﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺁ َﺧﺮُ‪ 16 ،‬ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺸ َﻬﺪُ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻗﹸﻮﱠ ِﺓ َﺣﻴَﺎ ٍﺓ ﹶﻻ َﺗﺰُﻭﻝﹸ‪َ 17 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺿ ْﻌ ِﻔﻬَﺎ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﱠ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺎﹺﺑ ﹶﻘ ِﺔ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ُ‬ ‫ﺼﲑُ ﹺﺇْﺑﻄﹶﺎ ﹸﻝ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﻕ«‪ 18 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻪُ َﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﻚ »ﻛﹶﺎﻫِﻦٌ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ َﻷَﺑ ِﺪ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺭُْﺗَﺒ ِﺔ َﻣ ﹾﻠﻜِﻲ ﺻَﺎ ِﺩ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃﻧﱠ َ‬ ‫ﻀ ﹶﻞ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ َﻧﻘﹾَﺘ ﹺﺮﺏُ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﷲِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺼﲑُ ﹺﺇ ْﺩﺧَﺎ ﹸﻝ َﺭﺟَﺎ ٍﺀ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ُﻳ ﹶﻜﻤﱢ ﹾﻞ َﺷﻴْﺌﺎﹰ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ َﻳ ِ‬ ‫َﻭ َﻋ َﺪ ﹺﻡ َﻧ ﹾﻔ ِﻌﻬَﺎ‪19 ،‬ﹺﺇ ِﺫ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ُ‬

‫‪49‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ع‪ :11‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﻭﻯ ﻜﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺃﺨﺫ ﺸﻌﺏ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻴﺩﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺴﻭﻯ ﻭﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺘﻨﺒﺄﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻤﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺠﺊ ﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﻻﻭﻯ ﺃﻯ ﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ "ﺃﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻭﻟﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﻨﺩﻡ ﺃﻨﺕ ﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ" )ﻤﺯ‪.(4 :110‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﻓﻸﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﻬﺎﻤﻪ ﺘﻭﺼﻴل ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸـﻌﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺫﻜﺭ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺴﺒﻁ ﻻﻭﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻤﻭﺭ ﻫﻭ ﺩﻟﻴـل ﻗـﺎﻁﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻠﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﺸﻌﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤـﻥ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻷﺤـﺩ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻗﺩ ﺃﻋﻁﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻬﺏ ﻜﻤـﺎ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ‪ ،‬ﻤﺤﻘﻘﹰـﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒـﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘـﻰ‬ ‫ﺠﺎﺀﺕ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ )ﻤﺯ‪.(4 : 110‬‬ ‫ع‪ :14 ،13‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻘﺎل ﻋﻨﻪ ﻫﺫﺍ ‪ :‬ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻭﺓ ‪ -‬ﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ‪ -‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺴﺒﻁ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻬﻥ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺃﺤﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﺒﺢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻗﺩ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺴﺒﻁ ﻴﻬﻭﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ‬ ‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﻭﺼﻴﻪ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻤﻭﺭ ﺃﻭﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻜﺎﻫﻨﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﺨﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﺒﻪ ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺴﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16‬ﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻟﻜـﻰ‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﺠﺴﺩﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻔﻭﺴﻨﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻐﻴﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻫﻭ ﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺃﻋﻁﺎﻨﺎ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺒـﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻰ ﻭﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺃﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺘﺯﻭل‪.‬‬

‫‪50‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سا ِب ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :17‬ﻴﺸﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻤﻭﺭ )ﻤﺯ‪ (4 :110‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻜﺎﻫﻨﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﺩﻡ ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻬﻨﻭﺘﻪ ﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻤﺭ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺫﺒﻴﺤـﺔ‬ ‫ﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻗ ﱠﺩﻡ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺠﺴﺩﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺃﻋﺭﺍﺽ )ﺸـﻜل( ﺍﻟﺨﺒـﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻤـﺭ‬ ‫)ﻤﺕ‪.(27-26 :26‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﻁل ﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻭﻅﻬﺭ ﻗﺼﻭﺭ ﻤﺎ ﻗ ﱠﺩﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﻭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤل‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ‬ ‫ﻗﺩﱠﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺘﻜﺸﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻥ ﻻ ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﻗﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺹ ﻤﻨﻬـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺼـﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻟﻜﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺘﺤ ﹼ‬ ‫ع‪ :19‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻤل ﺨﻼﺼﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺤﺘﺎﺠﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﻼﺹ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﺘﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻨﺎ ﺭﺠﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﻨﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺒﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻘﺘﺭﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻻﺒﺩ ﻟـﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻑ ﺒﻌﻴﺩًﺍ ﻻ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﺘـﺭﺏ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘـﺩﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺩﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺘﺭﻓﺽ ﺃﻯ ﻓﻜﺭﺓ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻷﻨﻙ ﻗﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﺩﺕ ﻓﻜ ًﺭﺍ ﺁﺨﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺍﻓﺤﺼﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ‬

‫ﻫﻰ ﺍﻷﺼﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺇﺭﺸﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺩﻴﻥ ﺘﺴﻨﺩﻙ ﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻓﻀل‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬أسباب عظمة كھنوت المسيح )ع‪:(28-20‬‬ ‫ﺴ ﹴﻢ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺻَﺎﺭُﻭﺍ ﹶﻛ َﻬَﻨﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺃﹶﻣﱠﺎ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹺﺑﺪُﻭ ِﻥ ﹶﻗ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹴﻢ ‪َ 21 -‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺃﹸﻭﹶﻟِﺌ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹺﺑﺪُﻭ ِﻥ ﹶﻗ َ‬ ‫‪20‬ﻭَﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﹺﺭ ﻣَﺎ ﹺﺇﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻕ«‪َ 22 .‬ﻋﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻛﹶﺎﻫِﻦٌ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ َﻷَﺑ ِﺪ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺭُْﺗَﺒ ِﺔ َﻣ ﹾﻠﻜِﻲ ﺻَﺎ ِﺩ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱡ َﻭﹶﻟ ْﻦ َﻳ ْﻨ َﺪﻡَ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹴﻢ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟﻘﹶﺎِﺋ ﹺﻞ ﹶﻟﻪُ‪» :‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻓﹺﺒ ﹶﻘ َ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻣَﻨ َﻌﻬُﻢْ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺻَﺎﺭُﻭﺍ ﹶﻛ َﻬَﻨ ﹰﺔ ﹶﻛِﺜﲑﹺﻳ َﻦ َﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ َ‬ ‫ﻀﻞﹶ‪َ 23 .‬ﻭﺃﹸﻭﹶﻟِﺌ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺿَﺎﻣِﻨﹰﺎ ِﻟ َﻌ ْﻬ ٍﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ َﻳﺴُﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﹺﺭ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺺ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﺨﻠﱢ َ‬ ‫ﻸﻧﱠﻪُ ﻳَﺒْﻘﹶﻰ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻷَﺑَﺪِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟﻪُ ﻛﹶﻬَﻨُﻮﺕٌ ﹶﻻ َﻳﺰُﻭﻝﹸ‪ 25 .‬ﹶﻓ ِﻤ ْﻦ ﹶﺛﻢﱠ َﻳ ﹾﻘ ِﺪﺭُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُ َ‬ ‫ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟَﺒﻘﹶﺎﺀِ‪24 ،‬ﻭَﺃﹶﻣﱠﺎ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫ﺸ ﹶﻔ َﻊ ﻓِﻴ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪َ 26 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻳﻠِﻴ ُﻖ ﹺﺑﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﲔ ِﻟَﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻤَﺎ ﹺﻡ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳَﺘ ﹶﻘﺪﱠﻣُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﻫُ َﻮ َﺣﻲﱞ ﻓِﻲ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ِﺣ ﹴ‬

‫‪51‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺨﻄﹶﺎ ِﺓ َﻭﺻَﺎ َﺭ ﺃﹶﻋْﻠﹶﻰ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﱠ َﻤﺎﻭَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺼ ﹶﻞ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ُ‬ ‫ﻼ َﺷﺮﱟ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ﺩَﻧَﺲﹴ‪ ،‬ﹶﻗ ِﺪ ﺍْﻧ ﹶﻔ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻛ َﻬَﻨ ٍﺔ ِﻣ ﹾﺜﻞﹸ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﺪﱡﻭﺱٌ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫َﺭﺋِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻪ ﹸﺛﻢﱠ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺢ ﹶﺃﻭﱠ ﹰﻻ َﻋ ْﻦ َﺧﻄﹶﺎﻳَﺎ َﻧ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺿ ِﻄﺮَﺍ ٌﺭ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﻳ ْﻮ ﹴﻡ ِﻣ ﹾﺜﻞﹸ ﺭُ َﺅﺳَﺎ ِﺀ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ َﻬَﻨ ِﺔ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُ ﹶﻘﺪﱢ َﻡ ﹶﺫﺑَﺎِﺋ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍ ْ‬ ‫‪27‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ُﻳﻘِﻴ ُﻢ ﺃﹸﻧَﺎﺳﹰﺎ ﹺﺑ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ ﺿُﻌْﻒٌ‬ ‫ﺴﻪُ‪ 28 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ َ‬ ‫َﺧﻄﹶﺎﻳَﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﱠ ْﻌﺐﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻓ َﻌ ﹶﻞ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ َﻣﺮﱠ ﹰﺓ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ َﺪﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻗﺪﱠ َﻡ َﻧ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ َﻷَﺑﺪِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺱ ﹶﻓُﺘﻘِﻴ ُﻢ ﺍﺑْﻨﹰﺎ ﻣُ ﹶﻜﻤﱠ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ َﺑ ْﻌ َﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ُﺭ َﺅﺳَﺎ َﺀ ﹶﻛ َﻬَﻨﺔٍ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﹶﻛ ِﻠ َﻤﺔﹸ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :21 ،20‬ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻟﻌﻅﻤﺔ ﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃ ﱠﻜﺩﻩ ﺒﻘﺴﻡ ﻟﻜﻥ ﻫﺅﻻﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﻭﻯ ﻗﺩ ﺃﺼﺒﺤﻭﺍ ﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻗﺴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺭﻤﺯًﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺭﻤﻭﺯ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻜﺩ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺒﻘﺴﻡ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻰ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻤﻭﺭ ﻗﺎﺌﻼ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻗﺴﻡ ﻭﻟﻥ ﻴﺘﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﻋﻥ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ ﺃﻨﻙ ﺃﻨﺕ )ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ(‬ ‫ﺴﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻜﺎﻫﻨﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻤﻠﻜﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ )ﻤﺯ‪.(4 :110‬‬ ‫ع‪ :22‬ﻟﻌﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺏ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻜﺎﻫﻨﹰﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻴﻀﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻬﺩًﺍ ﺠﺩﻴﺩًﺍ ﺃﻓﻀل ﺒﻤﻭﺍﻋﻴﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻤل ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :23‬ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ ﻟﻌﻅﻤﺔ ﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﻀﻌﻑ ﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﺸﺭ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻤﺤل ﺍﻵﺨﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻤﻭﺘﻭﻥ ﻓﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﻟﻴﺤ ّ‬ ‫ع‪ :24‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ‬

‫ﻴﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﻭﻴﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺴﺒﻁ ﻻﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﺘﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒﺒﻘﺎﺌﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ ﻭﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ‬ ‫ﻜﻬﻨﻭﺘﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺯﻭل ﻭﻻ ﻴﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻷﻥ ﺸﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :25‬ﻴﺘﻘﺩﻤﻭﻥ ﺒﻪ ‪ :‬ﻴﺴﺘﺘﺭﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺩﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻜﻔﺭ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻭﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺤﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺨﻠﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺃﻯ‬

‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻤﻭﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﻤﺜﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﻨﺠﺩﻩ ﻤﺅﺍﺯﺭًﺍ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻤﻭﺘﻨﺎ ﻴﺸﻔﻊ‬

‫‪52‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سا ِب ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻜﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻀﻌﻔﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﻨﺴﺘﺘﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩل‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺤﻰ‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺤﻴﻥ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺭﻭﻨﻰ ﺘﻘﻑ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺘﻴﺔ ﺒﻤﻭﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﻤﻭﺘﻪ ﻜﺫﺒﻴﺢ ﻋﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺩﻭﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺒﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :27 ،26‬ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﻟﻌﻅﻤﺔ ﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﻗﺩﺍﺴﺘﻪ ﻭﺒﺭﺍﺀﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺘﹰﺎ ﻟﺒﺭﻩ ﻗﺩ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﻊ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺊ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺠﺩًﺍ ﺒﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﻋﻅﻴﻤﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺩﺨﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺩﺱ ﺃﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻤﺜل ﺭﺅﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻀﻁﺭﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﺌﻤًﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻔﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻭﺍ ﻋﺩﺓ‬

‫ﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻓﻬﻡ ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻭﻥ ﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﺨﻁﺎﺓ ﻤﺜل ﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻼ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺒﻼ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻗﺩﻡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‬

‫ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﻜﻔﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻜﻠﻪ ﻤﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻷﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺌﻰ ﻜﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻓﻼ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻤﻨﻪ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :28‬ﻷﻥ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻗﺩ ﺃﻗﺎﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻨﺤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﺃﻨﺎﺴًﺎ ﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﻜﺭﺅﺴﺎﺀ ﻜﻬﻨﺔ‬

‫ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻤﺯ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻻ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻌﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻭﺍ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺨﻼﺼًﺎ ﻜﺎﻤﻼ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻭﻀﺤﺕ ﻟﻨﺎ‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺠﺎﺀ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻜﺸﻔﺕ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺸﺨﺹ ﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻜﻤل ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻨﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺩﻟﻴل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻜﻔﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﺎ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻟﺨﻼﺼﻨﺎ ﻨﺤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻗﺩ ﻗ ﱠﺩﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺨﻼﺼًﺎ ﻋﻅﻴﻤًﺎ ﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﻪ ﺒﺎﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴـﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﻥ ﻜل ﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺩﺭ ﻤﺎ ﻨﺸﻜﺭﻩ ﻓﺈﻨﻨﺎ ﻨﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺒﺭﻩ ﻤﻬﺘﻤﻴﻥ ﺒﻜل ﻋﻤل ﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪53‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِمنُ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻳﻬﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺑﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻴﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻘﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺭﺍﻨﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺴﺒﻁ ﻻﻭﻯ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺒﺭﺯ ﻫﻨﺎ ﹶﺘ َﻤﻴﱡﺯ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺘﻰ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺩﺨل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺩﺱ ﺃﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺩﺱ ﺃﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﻤﺴﻜﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﻀﻰ ﻗﺩ ﺼﻨﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻜﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻗﺩﱠﻤﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻺﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺌﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺴﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬المسيح الكاھن السماوى )ع‪:(6-1‬‬ ‫ﺵ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ ﹶﻈ َﻤ ِﺔ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﲔ َﻋ ْﺮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻓِﻲ َﻳ ِﻤ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻛ َﻬَﻨ ٍﺔ ِﻣ ﹾﺜ ﹶﻞ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ ‪ ،‬ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺟ ﹶﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﻡ ﹶﻓﻬُ َﻮ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻟﹶﻨَﺎ َﺭﺋِﻴ َ‬ ‫‪َ 1‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ َﺭﹾﺃﺱُ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹶ‬

‫ﺲ ﹶﻛ َﻬَﻨ ٍﺔ‬ ‫ﺼَﺒﻪُ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱡ ﹶﻻ ﺇﹺﻧْﺴَﺎﻥﹲ‪َ 3 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﺭﺋِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤﻘِﻴ ِﻘﻲﱢ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ َﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﻜ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻭﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻸ ﹾﻗﺪَﺍ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺕ ‪2‬ﺧَﺎﺩِﻣﹰﺎ ِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎﻭَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﲔ َﻭ ﹶﺫﺑَﺎِﺋﺢَ‪ .‬ﹶﻓ ِﻤ ْﻦ ﹶﺛﻢﱠ َﻳ ﹾﻠ َﺰﻡُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ِﻟ َﻬﺬﹶﺍ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ﺷَﻲْﺀٌ ﻳُ ﹶﻘﺪﱢﻣُﻪُ‪ 4 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻟ ْﻮ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ُﻳﻘﹶﺎ ُﻡ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻲ ﻳُ ﹶﻘﺪﱢ َﻡ ﹶﻗﺮَﺍﹺﺑ َ‬

‫ﺨ ِﺪﻣُﻮ ﹶﻥ ِﺷ ْﺒ َﻪ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱﹺ‪5 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﲔ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺽ ﹶﻟﻤَﺎ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻛﹶﺎﻫِﻨﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﻳُﻮ َﺟﺪُ ﺍﻟﹾ ﹶﻜ َﻬَﻨﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ُﻳ ﹶﻘﺪﱢﻣُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻗﺮَﺍﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺍ َﻷ ْﺭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺼَﻨ َﻊ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﻜﻦَ‪َ .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪» :‬ﺍْﻧ ﹸﻈ ْﺮ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺼَﻨ َﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻭ ِﻇﻠﱠﻬَﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﺃﹸﻭ ِﺣ َﻲ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﻣُﻮﺳَﻰ َﻭﻫُ َﻮ ﻣُﺰْﻣِﻊٌ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎ ﹺﻭﻳﱠﺎ ِ‬

‫ﻀ ﹶﻞ‬ ‫ﺼ ﹶﻞ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ِﺧ ْﺪ َﻣ ٍﺔ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َ‬ ‫ﺠَﺒ ﹺﻞ«‪َ 6 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱠﻪُ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻤﺜﹶﺎ ﹺﻝ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﺃﹸ ﹾﻇ ﹺﻬ َﺮ ﹶﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﺷ ْﻲ ٍﺀ َﺣ َ‬

‫ﻀﻞﹶ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ َﻣﻮَﺍﻋِﻴ َﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َ‬ ‫ﹺﺑ ِﻤ ﹾﻘﺪَﺍ ﹺﺭ ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻭَﺳِﻴﻂﹲ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ِﻟ َﻌ ْﻬ ٍﺪ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ ﹶﻈﻢَ‪ ،‬ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺗﹶﺜﺒﱠ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺨﻼﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠﻠﺱ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺭ ﻭﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺩﻭﺍﻤﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻤﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺭﺵ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪54‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِمنُ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻴﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺼﺤﺎﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻭﻤﻭﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺸﻭﻉ ﻭﻫﺭﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﻪ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻤﱠﻡ ﻜﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻓﺩﺍﺀﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻭﺼﻌﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻟﻴﺩﻭﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪ ،‬ﻴﺸﻔﻊ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﻴﻨﺘﻅﺭﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﺘﻤﺠﺩ ﻤﻌﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :2‬ﺨﺎﺩﻤًﺎ ‪ :‬ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻴﺸﻔﻊ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﺒﺩﻤﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻸﻗﺩﺍﺱ ‪ :‬ﻋﺭﺵ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺭﻤﺯ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻗﺩﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺘﺭﻤﺯ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﺘﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻜﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ‬ ‫ﻤﺴﻜﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺴﻁ ﺸﻌﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺼﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﺘﻤﺎﻤﻪ ﻓﺩﺍﺌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺸﻔﻊ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺨﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺒﻨﻔﺴـﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻴﻜل ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺼﻨﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :3‬ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻭﻯ ﻻﺒﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺩﻤﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻔﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﺃﻤـﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻰ ﺘﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻜﻬﻨﺘﻨﺎ ﻗ ﱠﺩﻡ ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻟﻔﺩﺍﺌﻨﺎ ﻭﻴﻘﺩﻤﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺎ ﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﺒﺢ ﺠﺴﺩًﺍ ﻭﺩﻤًﺎ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :4‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻨﻨﺘﻅﺭﻩ ﻟﻴﻌﻁﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‬ ‫ل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻤﺕ ﻭﻴﻔﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻤـﻥ ﺴـﺒﻁ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻟﻭ ﻅ ّ‬ ‫ﻻﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻭﻥ ﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺩﻤﻭﻴﺔ ﺘﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﺍﻵﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺭﻓﻌﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :5‬ﺭﺅﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﻴﺨﺩﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺒـل‬ ‫ﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻷﺸﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﻤﻭﺯﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺴﻔﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻭﺝ )ﺨﺭ‪ (40 :25‬ﻤﻥ ﻜـﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻨﻊ ﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻭﻀﺤﻪ ﻟـﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﺒل ﺴﻴﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩﹰﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺨﺩﻤﻭﻩ ﻤﺜﺎل ﻭﺭﻤﺯ‪.‬‬

‫‪55‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ع‪ :6‬ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺃﻓﻀل ‪ :‬ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﺒﺩﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻬﺩ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ ‪ :‬ﻋﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺴﻨﺩ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻋﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟـﺫﻯ‬ ‫ﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻀﻌﻑ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺘﻘﺼﻴﺭﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﻭﺍﻋﻴﺩ ﺃﻓﻀل ‪ :‬ﻤﻴﺭﺍﺙ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻟـﻴﺱ ﻤﻴـﺭﺍﺙ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌـﺎﺩ ﺃﻯ ﻜﻨﻌـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻠﺨﱢﺹ ﻕ‪ .‬ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺌﻰ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺃﻓﻀل ﻤﻥ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘـﺩﻴﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺩﻤﻭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻔﺩﺍﺌﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﺒﺩﺃ ﻋﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺴـﻨﺩﻨﺎ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴـﺫ‬ ‫ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻨﻨﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻋﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤﻰ ﻭﻫﻰ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﺭﻓﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺭﺒﻰ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻕ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﻨﺘﺸﻠﻨﻰ ﺃﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺌﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺒﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺠﻠﺴﻨﻰ ﺒﻔﻀﻠﻙ ﻭﺒﻨﻌﻤﺘﻙ ﻤﻊ ﺃﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺌﻙ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﺤﻭل ﻋﻴﻨﻰ ﻜﻰ ﻻ ﺃﺭﻯ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻨﻅﺭ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻫﺘﻡ ﺒﺄﺒﺎﻁﻴل ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺒل ﺃﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺭﺅﻴﺎﻙ ﺤﻘﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻭﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻴﺎ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻴﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺤﺩﻙ ﻟﻙ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻓﻌﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬

‫ﺃﻋﻥ ﻀﻌﻔﻰ ﻭﺤ ﱢﺭﺭﻨﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺕ ﺤﻭﺍﺴﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻴﺎ ﺇﻟﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻴﻘﻅ ﺤﻭﺍﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﺕ ﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﻭﺃﻨﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻡ ﻀﻌﻔﻰ ﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻰ ﺜﻘﺔ ﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻴﺎ ﺇﻟﻬﻰ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻭﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻙ ﻭﻓﻰ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺤﺒﻙ ﺁﻤﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬بركات العھد الجديد )ع‪:(13-7‬‬ ‫ﺿ ٌﻊ ِﻟﺜﹶﺎﻥٍ‪َ 8 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﻻﺋِﻤﺎﹰ‪» :‬ﻫُﻮَﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻳﱠﺎﻡٌ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻣ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﻟﻤَﺎ ﻃﹸ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻼ َﻋ ْﻴ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍ َﻷﻭﱠﻝﹸ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻟ ْﻮ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺖ َﻳﻬُﻮﺫﹶﺍ َﻋﻬْﺪﹰﺍ َﺟﺪِﻳﺪﺍﹰ‪ 9 .‬ﹶﻻ ﻛﹶﺎﹾﻟ َﻌ ْﻬ ِﺪ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ َﻋ ِﻤ ﹾﻠﺘُﻪُ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹺﺇ ْﺳﺮَﺍﺋِﻴ ﹶﻞ َﻭ َﻣ َﻊ َﺑ ْﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺃﹸ ﹶﻛﻤﱢﻞﹸ َﻣ َﻊ َﺑ ْﻴ ِ‬ ‫َﺗ ﹾﺄﺗِﻲ َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱡ‪ِ ،‬ﺣ َ‬

‫ﺼﺮَ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ﹾﺜﺒُﺘُﻮﺍ ﻓِﻲ َﻋ ْﻬﺪِﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃ ْﻫ َﻤ ﹾﻠُﺘ ُﻬ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺽ ِﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹾﻜﺖُ ﹺﺑَﻴ ِﺪ ِﻫ ْﻢ ِﻟﺄﹸ ْﺧ ﹺﺮ َﺟﻬُ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺭ ﹺ‬ ‫َﻣ َﻊ ﺁﺑَﺎِﺋ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ َﻳ ْﻮ َﻡ ﹶﺃ ْﻣ َ‬

‫ﻚ ﺍ َﻷﻳﱠﺎ ﹺﻡ َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱡ‪ :‬ﹶﺃ ْﺟ َﻌﻞﹸ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺇﹺﺳْﺮَﺍﺋِﻴﻞﹶ َﺑ ْﻌ َﺪ ِﺗ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱡ‪َ 10 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ ْﻬ ُﺪ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ َﻬﺪُﻩُ َﻣ َﻊ َﺑ ْﻴ ِ‬ ‫َﻧﻮَﺍﻣِﻴﺴِﻲ ﻓِﻲ ﹶﺃ ﹾﺫﻫَﺎﹺﻧ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻛُﺘُﺒﻬَﺎ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹸﻗﻠﹸﻮﹺﺑ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃﻛﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻬﹰﺎ َﻭ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻳﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻟِﻲ َﺷﻌْﺒﺎﹰ‪َ 11 .‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ‬

‫ﲑ ِﻫ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺻ ِﻐ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻴ َﻊ َﺳَﻴﻌْ ﹺﺮﻓﹸﻮَﻧﻨﹺﻲ ِﻣ ْﻦ َ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱠ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ُﻳ َﻌﻠﱢﻤُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ ﹶﻗﺮﹺﻳَﺒﻪُ َﻭ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ ﹶﺃﺧَﺎ ُﻩ ﻗﹶﺎِﺋﻼﹰ‪ :‬ﺍ ْﻋ ﹺﺮ ِ‬

‫‪56‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِمنُ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺻﻔﹸﻮﺣﹰﺎ َﻋ ْﻦ ﺁﺛﹶﺎ ِﻣ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ﹶﺃ ﹾﺫﻛﹸﺮُ َﺧﻄﹶﺎﻳَﺎﻫُ ْﻢ َﻭَﺗ َﻌﺪﱢﻳَﺎِﺗ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ ﻓِﻲ ﻣَﺎ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ«‪ 13 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﺫ‬ ‫ﲑ ِﻫﻢْ‪َ 12 .‬ﻷﻧﱢﻲ ﹶﺃﻛﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ َ‬ ‫ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﻛﹺﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻼﻝﹺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤﹶ‬ ‫ﺿ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺥ ﹶﻓﻬُ َﻮ ﻗﹶﺮﹺﻳﺐٌ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِﻻ ْ‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ » َﺟﺪِﻳﺪﹰﺍ« َﻋﺘﱠ َﻖ ﺍ َﻷﻭﱠﻝﹶ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﻣَﺎ َﻋَﺘ َﻖ َﻭﺷَﺎ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺴﺒﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﻨﻭﺍﻤﻴﺴﻪ ﻭﺒﻌﻤل ﺭﺅﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﻴﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺃﻋﻁﻰ ﺒ ًﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺭ ﻭﺨﱠﻠﺼﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺴﻔﺭ ﺃﺭﻤﻴﺎ ﻋﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺤﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻬﺩ ﺁﺨﺭ )ﺃﺭ‪.(34-31 :31‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﻴﺴﺘﻜﻤل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺭﻤﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭ ﻓﻰ )ﺃﺭ‪ ،(31‬ﻤﻭﻀـﺤًﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺠﻌﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻴﻭﺒﺨﻬﻡ ﻟﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﻭﺍﻨﻘﺴﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻤﻠﻜﺘﻴﻥ ﻫﻤﺎ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻭﻴﻬﻭﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻴﺸ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺒﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻘﻁﻌﻪ ﻤﻌﻬﻡ ﺒﻔﺩﺍﺌﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﺴﻤﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‬ ‫ﺫﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺩﻤﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺒﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻯ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻗﺩ ﻋﻤﻠـﻪ ﺃﻴـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺨﺭﻭﺠﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺼﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻴﺩ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺒﺫﺒﺢ ﺨﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﺫﺭﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺠﻭﻉ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺤﻴﻥ ﻗﺎل‬ ‫"ﺍﺤﺘﺭﺯﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﺴﻭﺍ ﻋﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﺇﻟﻬﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻗﻁﻌﻪ ﻤﻌﻜﻡ ﻭﺘﺼﻨﻌﻭﺍ ﻷﻨﻔﺴﻜﻡ ﺘﻤﺜـﺎﻻ ﻤﻨﺤﻭﺘﹰـﺎ‬ ‫ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻨﻬﺎﻙ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﺇﻟﻬﻙ" )ﺘﺙ‪.(23 :4‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺤ ﱠﺭﺭﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺒﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺨﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﻭﻋﺒﺩﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺠل ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺒﻰ )ﺨﺭ‪،(8 :32‬‬ ‫ﻓﻐﻀﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺘﺨﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﺠﺯﺌﻴًﺎ ﻟﻴﺘﻭﺒﻭﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﻴﻜﻤل ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺭﻤﻴﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻋﻬﺩﻩ ﻤﻊ ﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺍﻟـﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺅﻤﻨـﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻴﺠﺩﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﻓﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﺒﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﻴﺘﻤﺴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﻘﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻫﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺘﻁﺒﻴ ﹰﻘﺎ ﺤﺭﻓﻴًﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺒل ﻴﺜﺒﺘﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﻋﻬﺩ ﺼﻠﺢ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻟﻭﻫﻴﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻡ ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﻓﺭﺡ ﻭﻟﺫﺓ ﻭﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻭﻴﻔﺘﺨﺭﻭﻥ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻬﻬﻡ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﻬـﻡ ﻜﺸـﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺨـﺎﺹ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪57‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ع‪ :11‬ﻴﻭﺍﺼل ﺍﷲ ﺤﺩﻴﺜﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺭﻤﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺒﺌﻬﻡ ﻋﻥ ﻋﻤل ﺭﻭﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻭﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒـﻪ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺴﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﻭﻴﻌﺭﻓﻪ ﺒﺎﷲ ﻭﻴﺭﺒﻁﻪ ﺒﻪ ﻓـﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻌﻠﻨﹰﺎ ﻟﻜل ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻜﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﹰﺎ ﻟﺸـﻌﺏ ﻭﺍﺤـﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻸﻨﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻴﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺼـﻐﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻤﻘـﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺴﻁﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺩﻤﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺩﺌﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺒﻊ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻀﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻌﻤل ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻜل‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﻴﻀﻴﻑ ﺃﺭﻤﻴﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﻐﻔﺭ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺒﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻯ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺘﺭﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭل‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺼﻨﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻯ ﺠﻌل ﻋﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﻤﺯﻴﺔ ﻗﺩﻴﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ‬ ‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻠﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻤﺯﻯ ﻴﺯﻭل ﺒﻤﺠﺊ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻯ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻴﺸﻴﺦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻴﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻫﻭ ﻗﺭﻴﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻯ ﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺯﻤﺎﻥ ﻁﻭﻴل ﻫﻰ ﻗﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻤﻌ ﱠﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻠﺯﻭﺍل ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻌﻠﻥ‬ ‫ﺒﻭﻀﻭﺡ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻤﺴﻜﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﻭﻴﺘﺭﻜﻭﺍ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺌﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﺒﻼ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻤﺠﺊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺘﻙ ﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺎل ﻏﻔـﺭﺍﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴـﺎﻙ‬

‫ﻭﻗﻭﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻭﺘﻤﺘﻌًﺎ ﺒﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﺇﻫﺘﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻤﻼﺕ ﻟﺘﻨﺎل ﻓﻴﻀًﺎ ﻤـﻥ ﻨﻌﻤـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪58‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫س ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح التﱠا ِ‬

‫س ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح التﱠا ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺑﺎﺋﺢ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻟﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭﻯ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻨﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﺠﺯ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺩﻤﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬خيمة اإلجتماع )ع‪:(10-1‬‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﻜﻦُ ﺍ َﻷﻭﱠﻝﹸ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺼ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍﻟﹾﻌَﺎﻟﹶﻤِﻲﱡ‪َ 2 ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﻧُ ِ‬ ‫‪1‬ﹸﺛﻢﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ ْﻬ ُﺪ ﺍ َﻷﻭﱠﻝﹸ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ﻓﹶﺮَﺍﺋِﺾُ ِﺧ ْﺪ َﻣ ٍﺔ َﻭﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻘ ْﺪ ُ‬

‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﺤﺠَﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺱ« ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﻨَﺎ َﺭﺓﹸ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﹾﻤَﺎﺋِﺪَﺓﹸ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺧُ ْﺒﺰُ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ﹾﻘ ِﺪ َﻣﺔِ‪َ 3 .‬ﻭ َﻭﺭَﺍ َﺀ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ُﻳﻘﹶﺎ ﹸﻝ ﹶﻟﻪُ »ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻘ ْﺪ ُ‬ ‫ﺨ َﺮ ﹲﺓ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺫ َﻫﺐﹴ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺗَﺎﺑُﻮﺕُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ ْﻬ ِﺪ ُﻣ َﻐﺸ‪‬ﻰ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ٍﺔ‬ ‫ﺱ« ‪4‬ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ِﻣ ْﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍﻷَﻗﹾﺪَﺍ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﻜﻦُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ُﻳﻘﹶﺎ ﹸﻝ ﹶﻟﻪُ » ﹸﻗ ْﺪ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬

‫ﺐ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﻦﱡ‪ ،‬ﻭَﻋَﺼَﺎ ﻫَﺎﺭُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َﺮ َﺧﺖْ‪ ،‬ﻭَﻟﹶﻮْﺣَﺎ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ ْﻬﺪِ‪َ 5 .‬ﻭ ﹶﻓﻮْ ﹶﻗﻪُ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺬﱠ َﻫﺐﹺ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﻗِﺴْﻂﹲ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺫ َﻫ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﻣُ َﻬﻴﱠﹶﺄ ﹰﺓ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻧَﺘ ﹶﻜﻠﱠ َﻢ َﻋ ْﻨﻬَﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺘﱠ ﹾﻔﺼِﻴﻞﹺ‪6 .‬ﹸﺛﻢﱠ ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ ْ‬ ‫ﺠ ِﺪ ﻣُ ﹶﻈﻠﱢ ﹶﻠﻴْ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻐﻄﹶﺎﺀَ‪ .‬ﹶﺃ ْﺷﻴَﺎ ُﺀ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻛﺮُﻭﺑَﺎ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﺪ َﻣﺔﹶ‪َ 7 .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﺮَﺋِﻴﺲُ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ َﻬَﻨ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﻜ ﹺﻦ ﺍ َﻷﻭﱠ ﹺﻝ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ِﺣﲔﹴ‪ ،‬ﺻَﺎﹺﻧ ِﻌ َ‬ ‫َﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ‪َ ،‬ﻳ ْﺪﺧُﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﹾ ﹶﻜ َﻬَﻨﺔﹸ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬

‫ﺴ ِﻪ َﻭ َﻋ ْﻦ َﺟﻬَﺎ ﹶﻻ ِ‬ ‫ﺱ ﹺﺑ َﻬﺬﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻘ ُﺪ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﱠ ْﻌﺐﹺ‪ُ 8 ،‬ﻣ ْﻌﻠِﻨﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﻼ َﺩ ﹴﻡ ﻳُ ﹶﻘﺪﱢﻣُﻪُ َﻋ ْﻦ َﻧ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻂ َﻣﺮﱠ ﹰﺓ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠَﻨﺔِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺿﺮﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟﺤَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﻜﻦُ ﺍ َﻷﻭﱠﻝﹸ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﹺﺇﻗﹶﺎ َﻣﺔﹲ‪9 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺭَﻣْﺰٌ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َﻮ ﹾﻗ ِ‬ ‫ﺱ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ُﻳ ﹾﻈ َﻬ ْﺮ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ‪ ،‬ﻣَﺎ ﺩَﺍ َﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻃﹶﺮﹺﻳﻖَ ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻗﺪَﺍ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﺪﻡُ‪َ 10 ،‬ﻭ ِﻫ َﻲ ﻗﹶﺎِﺋ َﻤ ﹲﺔ ﹺﺑﹶﺄ ﹾﻃ ِﻌ َﻤ ٍﺔ‬ ‫ﲑ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺗُ ﹶﻜﻤﱢ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﺗُ ﹶﻘﺪﱠﻡُ ﻗﹶﺮَﺍﺑﹺﲔُ ﻭَﺫﹶﺑَﺎﺋِﺢُ ﹶﻻ ﻳُ ْﻤ ِﻜﻦُ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﱠ ِﻤ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻼﺡﹺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﹶ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍ ِﻹ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪﻳﱠ ٍﺔ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘﻂﹾ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ْﻮﺿُﻮ َﻋ ٍﺔ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﻭ ﹾﻗ ِ‬ ‫ﺾ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻣُﺨَْﺘ ِﻠ ﹶﻔ ٍﺔ َﻭ ﹶﻓﺮَﺍِﺋ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ٍ‬ ‫ﺴﹶ‬ ‫َﻭﹶﺃ ْﺷ ﹺﺮَﺑ ٍﺔ َﻭ ﹶﻏ َ‬

‫ع‪ :1‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺼﻨﻌﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻊ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل‪ ،‬ﺒﺼﻨﻊ ﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺘﻤﺎﻉ‬ ‫ل ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺴﻁﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻀﻊ ﻟـﻪ ﻨﻅﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﻗﺩﺱ ﺃﺭﻀﻰ ﻴﺭﻤـﺯ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺤ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :2‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻜﻥ ﺍﻷﻭل ‪ :‬ﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻭﻴﺩﺨﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﻴﻔﺼﻠﻪ ﻋﻥ ﻗﺩﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﺴﺘﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪59‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺭﺓ ‪ :‬ﺸﻤﻌﺩﺍﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺴﺭﺝ ﺃﻯ ﻓﺘﺎﺌل ﻓﻰ ﻗﻭﺍﻟﺏ ﻤﺴﺘﺩﻴﺭﺓ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺯﻫﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺯ ﻭﺘﻀﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺒﺯﻴﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺘﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻠﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻭﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﺩﺓ ‪ :‬ﻁﻭﻟﻬﺎ ‪90‬ﺴﻡ ﻭﻋﺭﻀﻬﺎ ‪45‬ﺴﻡ ﻭﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻨﺤﻭ ‪68‬ﺴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﻤﺼـﻨﻭﻋﺔ ﻤـﻥ‬ ‫ﺨﺸﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺨﺸﺏ ﻗﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻜﺴﻭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﺫﻫﺏ ﻭﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺨﺒﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ‪ :‬ﻭﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﺨﺒﺯ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻴﻭﻀﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﻋﺩﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﺌﻤًـﺎ ‪12‬‬ ‫ﺨﺒﺯﺓ‪ ،‬ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺴﺒﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺴﺒﺕ ﻭﻴﺄﻜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺕ ﻟﻴﻭﻀـﻊ ﺨﺒـﺯ‬ ‫ﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺤﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻤﺎﺌﺩﺓ ﺨﺒﺯ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻭﻩ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺫﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻭﺠـﺩ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁ ﻭﺴﻴﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻵﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :3‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺩﺨل ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺤﺠﺎﺏ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻭل ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻔﺼل ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻋـﻥ ﺍﻟـﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﺸﻜل )‪ ،(1‬ﺜﻡ ﻴﺤﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺘـﺎﺒﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻬـﺩ‬ ‫ﺤﺠﺎﺏ ﺁﺨﺭ )ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ ﻜﺎﻨـﺕ ﺘﻠﻘـﺏ ﺒﻘـﺩﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺘﺭﺍﺀﻯ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺴﺤﺎﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :4‬ﻤﺒﺨﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺫﻫﺏ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﺨﻭ ًﺭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺫﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠـﻭﺩ ﻓـﻰ ﺍﻟﻘـﺩﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺩﺨل ﺒﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺩﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﻟﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺒﺨﻭﺭًﺍ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺘﺎﺒﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺘﺎﺒﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺩﻭﻕ ﻁﻭﻟﻪ ‪112.5‬ﺴﻡ ﻭﻋﺭﻀﻪ ‪67.5‬ﺴﻡ ﻭﺇﺭﺘﻔﺎﻋﻪ ‪67.5‬ﺴﻡ ﻤﺼﻨﻭﻉ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﺸﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻁ ﻭﻤﻐﺸﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﺫﻫﺏ ﻭﻓﻭﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﻭﺒﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻁ ﻤﻥ ﺫﻫﺏ ‪ :‬ﺇﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺏ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺠﺯﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻥ ‪ :‬ﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻪ ﻟﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﺭﻤـﺯ ﻟﻠﻤﺴـﻴﺢ ﻁﻌﺎﻤﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪60‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫س ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح التﱠا ِ‬

‫ﻰ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﻁ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻓـﻰ ﺨﻴﻤـﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺘﻤـﺎﻉ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﺼـﺎ ﻫـﺭﻭﻥ ‪ :‬ﻭﻀـﻊ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻋﺼ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻓﺭﺨﺕ ﻋﺼﺎ ﻫﺭﻭﻥ ﻭﺃﻋﻁﺕ ﺃﺯﻫﺎﺭًﺍ ﻭﺜﻤﺎﺭًﺍ ﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩًﺍ ﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﻜﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻜل ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل‬ ‫)ﻋﺩﺩ‪.(8 :17‬‬ ‫ﻟﻭﺤﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ‪ :‬ﻟﻭﺤﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺭ ﺃﺨﺫﻫﻤﺎ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺒـل ﻭﻤﻜﺘـﻭﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺩﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺘﺎﺒﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﻭﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺒﻭﺕ ﻟﻭﺤﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﻭﻗﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤـﻥ ﻭﻋﺼـﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﺭﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺩﺨل ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺒﻤﺒﺨﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺩﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﻤﺭﺓ ﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ ﻟﻴﺒﺨﺭ ﺃﻤـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘـﺎﺒﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺸﻜل‪.(3 ،2‬‬ ‫ع‪ :5‬ﻜﺭﻭﺒﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ‪ :‬ﺘﻤﺜﺎﻻﻥ ﻟﻤﻼﻜﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺸـﺎﺭﻭﺒﻴﻡ ﻭﻫـﻰ ﺭﺘﺒـﺔ‬ ‫ﻤﻼﺌﻜﻴﺔ ﺘﺭﻤـﺯ ﻟﻠﻌﺩل ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﻭﻫﺫﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺒﻭﺕ ﻭﻴﻅﻠﻼﻥ ﺒﺄﺠﻨﺤﺘﻬﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ )ﺸﻜل‪.(2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎﺀ ‪ :‬ﻫﻭ ﻏﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺒﻭﺕ ﻭﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﻜﺭﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺭﺵ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟـﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩل ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺭﻤﺯ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﻭﺒﻴﻡ ﻭﻴﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﻓﻬﻭ ﺭﻤـﺯ ﻟـﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺨﻠﺼﻨﺎ ﺒﺭﺤﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﻭ ﱠﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺩل ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻥ ﺫﻜﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﺨﺘﺼﺭًﺍ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻭﻗﺩﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﺱ‪ ،‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺭﻤـﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﻟﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺨﻭل ﻓﻰ ﺘﻔﺎﺼﻴل ﺼﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭ ﱢﻜﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻤﻭﺯ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :6‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻜﻥ ﺍﻷﻭل ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﻡ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻋﻠﻨﻪ ﻟﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺒل ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻴﺩﺨﻠﻭﻥ ﻜل‬ ‫ﻴﻭﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻭﻴﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻥ ﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺼﻠﺢ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸـﺭ‬ ‫ﻟﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﹸﺘ ﹶﻘﺩﱠﻡ ﻤﺭﺍﺭًﺍ ﺃﻯ ﻜل ﺤﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺩﻟﻴ ﹰ‬

‫‪61‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺤﺠﺏ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻨـﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺩﻤﻭﻴﺔ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺫﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺭﻓﺔ ﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟـﺫﻯ ﻴﻘـﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻭﻴﺩﺨل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻴﻜﻔﺭ ﻋﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﺒﺨﺼﻭﺹ ﻗﺩﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﺩﺨﻠﻪ ﻤﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭﺓ )ﻻ‪ ،2 :16‬ﺨﺭ‪ ،(10 :30‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴـﺩﺨل ﻫـﺭﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺩﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻏﻴﺭ‬ ‫ﻜﺎﻤل ﻜﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺫﻨﻭﺒﻪ ﻭﺠﻬﺎﻻﺘﻪ ﻤﻊ ﺠﻬﺎﻻﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺘﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻜﻥ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺏ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺩﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﺱ‬ ‫ﻻﺯﺍل ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻔﺘﻭﺡ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺢ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺒﻌﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺤﺎﺌﻼ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺭﻤﺯ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺏ ﻻ ﻴﻔﻭﺘﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻨﺫﻜﺭ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻗﺩ ﺍﻨﺸﻕ ﻓﻰ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺼﺎﺭ ﻤﻔﺘﻭﺤًﺎ ﺒﻜﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻤﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﺒﺩﻡ ﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻤﺎ ﺴﻴﺅﻜﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺼﺤﺎﺡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ‪ :‬ﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻴﻜل ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺃﻯ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻤل ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺨﺩﻡ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺘﻁ ﱢﻬﺭ ﻭﺘﻐﻔﺭ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺒﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻴﻜل ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺘﺴـﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻁﻬـﺭ ﻤـﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪62‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫س ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح التﱠا ِ‬

‫ع‪ :10‬ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻹﺼﻼﺡ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻁﻌﻤﺔ ﻭﻤﺸـﺭﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻏﺘﺴـﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﺩﻴـﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﺭﺍﺌﺽ ﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﺘﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻜﺭﻤﻭﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺴﺘﺠﺊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﺼﻼﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻤﻔﺘﻭﺤًﺎ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻙ ﻟﻠﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺴﺭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬

‫ﺒﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻭﺓ ﻭﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻴﺩﻴﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺩﺭ ﻤﺎ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺇﺘﺤﺩ ﺒﻪ ﺒﺘﻨﺎﻭﻟﻙ‬ ‫ﻟﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﻭﺩﻤﻪ ﻓﺘﻔﺭﺡ ﻓﺭﺤًﺎ ﻻ ُﻴ َﻌﺒﱠﺭ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬دم المسيح ودم الذبائح )ع‪:(22-11‬‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﻜ ﹺﻦ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻋ ﹶﻈ ﹺﻢ َﻭﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻛ َﻤﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﻏ ْﻴ ﹺﺮ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌﺘِﻴ َﺪﺓِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﺒﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﻴﺮَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻛ َﻬَﻨ ٍﺔ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫‪َ 11‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻫُ َﻮ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺟَﺎ َﺀ َﺭﺋِﻴ َ‬

‫ﺱ َﻭﻋُﺠُﻮﻝﹴ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹺﺑ َﺪ ﹺﻡ ﻧَﻔﹾﺴِﻪِ‪َ ،‬ﺩ َﺧ ﹶﻞ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹺﺑ َﺪ ﹺﻡ ُﺗﻴُﻮ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺨﻠِﻴ ﹶﻘﺔِ‪َ 12 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﹺﺑَﻴﺪٍ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺼﻨُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺠ ﹶﻠ ٍﺔ ﻣَﺮْﺷُﻮﺵٌ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻭ َﺭﻣَﺎ ُﺩ ِﻋ ْ‬ ‫َﻣﺮﱠ ﹰﺓ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ َﺪ ﹰﺓ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻗﺪَﺍﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ َﻮ َﺟ َﺪ ِﻓﺪَﺍ ًﺀ ﹶﺃَﺑ ِﺪﻳّﺎﹰ‪َ 13 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﺩﻡُ ِﺛﲑَﺍ ٍﻥ َﻭُﺗﻴُﻮ ﹴ‬

‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻳُ ﹶﻘﺪﱢﺱُ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﻃﻬَﺎ َﺭ ِﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺡ ﹶﺃ َﺯِﻟﻲﱟ ﹶﻗﺪﱠ َﻡ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹺﺮﻱﱢ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ َﺩﻡُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﹺﺑﺮُﻭ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺴﺪِ‪ 14 ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻜ ْﻢ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴَ‬ ‫ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻤَُﻨﺠﱠ ِ‬

‫ﻂ‬ ‫ﺤﻲﱠ! ‪َ 15‬ﻭ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﻫُ َﻮ َﻭﺳِﻴ ﹸ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺿﻤَﺎِﺋ َﺮﻛﹸ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺃﹶﻋْﻤَﺎﻝﹴ َﻣﻴﱢَﺘ ٍﺔ ِﻟَﺘﺨْ ِﺪﻣُﻮﺍ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﻼ َﻋ ْﻴﺐﹴ‪ ،‬ﻳُ ﹶﻄﻬﱢﺮُ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻪُ ِﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫َﻧ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ ْﻬ ِﺪ ﺍ َﻷﻭﱠ ﹺﻝ ‪َ -‬ﻳﻨَﺎﻟﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ‬ ‫َﻋ ْﻬ ٍﺪ َﺟﺪِﻳﺪٍ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻲ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﹾﻤَﺪْﻋُّﻮُﻭﻥﹶ ‪ -‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ ﻣَﻮْﺕٌ ِﻟ ِﻔﺪَﺍ ِﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ َﻌﺪﱢﻳَﺎ ِ‬

‫َﻭ ْﻋ َﺪ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻤﲑَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﱠ ﹶﺔ ﺛﹶﺎﹺﺑَﺘ ﹲﺔ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﹾﻟﻤُﻮﺻِﻲ‪َ 17 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﱠ ﹲﺔ َﻳ ﹾﻠ َﺰﻡُ َﺑﻴَﺎ ﹸﻥ َﻣ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺙ ﺍ َﻷَﺑ ِﺪﻱﱢ‪َ 16 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ َﺣ ْﻴﺚﹸ ﺗُﻮ َﺟﺪُ َﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ َﺩﻡﹴ‪َ 19 ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﺱ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮﺗَﻰ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻻ ﻗﹸﻮﱠ ﹶﺓ ﻟﹶﻬَﺎ ﺍﹾﻟَﺒﺘﱠ ﹶﺔ ﻣَﺎ ﺩَﺍ َﻡ ﺍﹾﻟﻤُﻮﺻِﻲ َﺣﻴّﺎﹰ‪ 18 .‬ﹶﻓ ِﻤ ْﻦ ﹶﺛﻢﱠ ﺍ َﻷﻭﱠﻝﹸ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ُﻳ ﹶﻜﺮﱠ ْ‬

‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ َﺧ ﹶﺬ َﺩ َﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻌﺠُﻮ ﹺﻝ َﻭﺍﻟﺘﱡﻴُﻮﺱﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻣ َﻊ ﻣَﺎ ٍﺀ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﱠ ٍﺔ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹺﺑ ﹸﻜﻞﱢ َﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﻣُﻮﺳَﻰ ﺑَﻌْﺪَﻣَﺎ ﹶﻛﻠﱠ َﻢ َﺟﻤِﻴ َﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﱠ ْﻌ ﹺ‬

‫ﻼ‪َ » :‬ﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﻫُ َﻮ َﺩﻡُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ ْﻬ ِﺪ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ‬ ‫ﺴﻪُ َﻭ َﺟﻤِﻴ َﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﱠ ْﻌﺐﹺ‪20 ،‬ﻗﹶﺎِﺋ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺏ َﻧ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫َﻭﺻُﻮﻓﹰﺎ ِﻗ ْﺮ ِﻣ ﹺﺰﻳّﹰﺎ َﻭﺯُﻭﻓﹶﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺭﺵﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻜﺘَﺎ َ‬

‫ﻚ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺪﱠﻡﹺ‪َ 22 .‬ﻭ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ َﺷ ْﻲ ٍﺀ َﺗ ﹾﻘﺮﹺﻳﺒﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﺪ َﻣ ِﺔ ﺭَﺷﱠﻬَﺎ ﹶﻛ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﻜ َﻦ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ َﻭ َﺟﻤِﻴ َﻊ ﺁﹺﻧَﻴ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ«‪َ 21 .‬ﻭﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ْﻭﺻَﺎ ﹸﻛ ُﻢ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺤﺼُﻞﹸ َﻣ ْﻐ ِﻔﺮَﺓﹲ!‬ ‫ﻚ َﺩ ﹴﻡ ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺪﱠﻡﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺑﺪُﻭ ِﻥ َﺳ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫َﻳَﺘ ﹶﻄﻬﱠﺮُ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﺩﺓ ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻤﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻜﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﻜﻤل ‪ :‬ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪63‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺩﺨل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺩﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺘﺎﺒﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻬﺒﻨﺎ ﺃﻤﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﺭﻤﺯ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﺅﺴﺎﺀ ﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻓﻴـﺩﺨﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬ ‫ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺼﻨﻌﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺃﻴﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﺱ ‪ :‬ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺩﻤﻭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺒﻤﻭﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻗ ﱠﺩﻡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﻤﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺤـﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺩﺨل ﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺩﺨﻭل ﻤﻥ ﻴﺅﻤﻨـﻭﻥ ﺒـﻪ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﻫـﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜـﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﺘﻴﻭﺱ ‪ :‬ﺫﻜﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻋﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﻤﺭﺸﻭﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺠﺴﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﻁﻘﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺫﺒﺢ ﺒﻘﺭﺓ ﺤﻤﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺤﺭﻗﻬﺎ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺜﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻴﺭﺵ ﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺘﻨﺠﺱ ﻟﻴﺘﻁﻬﺭ )ﻋﺩ‪.(19‬‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺜﻴﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﺘﻴﻭﺱ ﻭﺒﻘﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﺒﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺭﺍﺀ‬ ‫ﻴﻁﻬﺭ ﺃﺠﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺠﺴﻴﻥ ﺒﻠﻤﺱ ﻤﻴﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻯ ﺸﺊ ﻨﺠﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﺒﺭﻭﺡ ﺃﺯﻟﻰ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﻤﻴﺘﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺅﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺩﻤﻭﻴﺔ ﺘﻁﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺎﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺒﻼ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﺩﻤﻪ ﻋﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻴﻁﻬﺭ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺃﺠﺴﺎﺩﻨﺎ ﺒل ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺤﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻭﻨﺘﺎﺌﺠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫـﻰ ﺍﻟﻤـﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻴﻨﺎ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺒل ﻭﻨﺨﺩﻤﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻗﺩ ﻁ ﱠﻬﺭﻨﺎ ﺒﻔﺩﺍﺌﻪ ﻭﺃﻨﻘﺩﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻟﻨﺤﻴﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻰ‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﻨﻨﺸﻐل ﺒﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﺘﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺤﻭﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﻫﺩﻓﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :15‬ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻭﻭﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪64‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫س ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح التﱠا ِ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻋﺠﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻋﻥ ﻏﻔﺭﺍﻨﻬـﺎ ﺒﺎﻟـﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻤﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻷﺠل ﻋﺠﺯ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻏﻔﺭﺍﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺩﻤـﻪ ﻟﻴﻜـﻭﻥ ﻫـﻭ‬ ‫ﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺒﻤﻭﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺨﻼﺼًﺎ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﺎل ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :17 ،16‬ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﻗﻭﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻭﺼﻰ ﺒﻬـﺎ ﺒﺤﺴـﺏ ﺍﻟﻘـﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻤﺕ ﻓﺎﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﻻ ﹸﺘ ﹶﻨﻔﱠﺫ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺼﻰ ﻫﻭ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﻫﻰ ﻭﻋﺩﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻋﻁﺎﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘـﺩﻴﻡ ﻟﻶﺒـﺎﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﻭﺩ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻡ ﺇﻻ ﺒﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻯ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻨﺎل ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﺍﻷﻭل ‪ :‬ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻔﺩﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﺭﻴﺱ ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﻜل ﺸﺊ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬـﺩ ﺍﻟﻘـﺩﻴﻡ‬ ‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﻭﺴﻔﻙ ﺩﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻰ ﺘﻘﺩﺱ ﺒﺴﻔﻙ ﺩﻡ ﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻴـﺔ ﻭﻫـﻰ ﺘﺭﻤـﺯ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺒﺩﻤﻪ ﻴﻘﺩﺴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :19‬ﻗﺭﻤﺯﻴًﺎ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻜﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺯﻭﻓﺎ ‪ :‬ﻓﺭﻭﻉ ﻨﺒﺎﺘﻴﺔ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﻜﺤﺯﻤﺔ ﻭﺘﻐﻤﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻡ ﻭﻴﺭﺵ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺸﻴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺤﻭﻯ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﻌﺩﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﺼﻰ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﺒﻜل ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺫﺒﺢ ﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﻭﺭﺵ ﻤﻥ ﺩﻤﻬـﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺼـﻭﻑ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺯﻭﻓﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ )ﺨﺭ‪.(8 :24‬‬ ‫ع‪ :20‬ﺃﻋﻠﻥ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺭﺵ ﺍﻟﺩﻡ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺒﻪ ﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪65‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ع‪ :21‬ﺃﻜﻤل ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﻜل ﺃﻭﺍﻨﻰ ﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﺭﺵ ﺍﻟـﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :22‬ﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﻓﻰ ﻁﻘﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺒﺭﺵ ﺍﻟﺩﻡ ﻭﺒﻬـﺫﺍ ﺘﻐﻔـﺭ‬ ‫ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺩﻡ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﻯ ﻟﻐﻔﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬صعود المسيح ومجيئه الثانى )ع‪:(28-23‬‬ ‫ﺢ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻋ ْﻴﻨُ َﻬﺎ ﹶﻓﹺﺒ ﹶﺬﺑَﺎِﺋ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺗُ ﹶﻄﻬﱠﺮُ ﹺﺑ َﻬ ِﺬﻩِ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺃﹶﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎ ﹺﻭﻳﱠﺎ ُ‬ ‫‪ 23‬ﹶﻓﻜﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻳ ﹾﻠ َﺰﻡُ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﹶﺃ ْﻣِﺜ ﹶﻠ ﹶﺔ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺷﻴَﺎ ِﺀ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎﻭَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﻘِﻴ ِﻘﻴﱠﺔِ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎ ِﺀ‬ ‫ﺼﻨُﻮ َﻋ ٍﺔ ﹺﺑَﻴ ٍﺪ ﹶﺃ ْﺷﺒَﺎ ِﻩ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺢ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ْﺪ ُﺧ ﹾﻞ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗﺪَﺍ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻀ ﹶﻞ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻫ ِﺬﻩِ‪َ 24 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ َﻬَﻨ ِﺔ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﲑﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ َﻳ ْﺪﺧُﻞﹸ َﺭﺋِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺴﻪُ ِﻣﺮَﺍﺭﹰﺍ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫ﷲ َﻷ ْﺟ ِﻠﻨَﺎ‪َ 25 .‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ِﻟﻴُ ﹶﻘﺪﱢ َﻡ َﻧ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫َﻋ ْﻴﹺﻨﻬَﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﻟَﻴ ﹾﻈ َﻬ َﺮ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃﻣَﺎ َﻡ َﻭ ْﺟ ِﻪ ﺍ ِ‬

‫ﺲ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟﻢﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱠﻪُ‬ ‫ﲑ ﹰﺓ ُﻣ ْﻨ ﹸﺬ َﺗ ﹾﺄﺳِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺠﺐُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳَﺘﹶﺄﻟﱠ َﻢ ِﻣﺮَﺍﺭﹰﺍ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﺳَﻨ ٍﺔ ﹺﺑ َﺪ ﹺﻡ ﺁ َﺧﺮَ‪ 26 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﺫ ﺫﹶﺍﻙَ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻳ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻗﺪَﺍ ﹺ‬

‫ﺱ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳﻤُﻮﺗُﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺿ َﻊ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴﻪِ‪27 .‬ﻭَﻛﹶﻤَﺎ ﻭُ ِ‬ ‫ﺤ ِﺔ َﻧ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ﹶﺔ ﹺﺑ ﹶﺬﺑﹺﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺃﹸ ﹾﻇ ﹺﻬ َﺮ َﻣﺮﱠ ﹰﺓ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﺍْﻧ ِﻘﻀَﺎ ِﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﱡﻫُﻮ ﹺﺭ ِﻟﻴُﺒْ ِﻄ ﹶﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬

‫ﺤ ِﻤ ﹶﻞ َﺧﻄﹶﺎﻳَﺎ ﹶﻛِﺜﲑﹺﻳﻦَ‪َ ،‬ﺳَﻴﻈﹾ َﻬﺮُ‬ ‫ﺢ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﺎﹰ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ْﻌ َﺪﻣَﺎ ﻗﹸﺪﱢ َﻡ َﻣﺮﱠ ﹰﺓ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻲ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﱠْﻳﻨُﻮَﻧﺔﹸ‪َ 28 ،‬ﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ُ‬ ‫َﻣﺮﱠ ﹰﺓ ﹸﺛﻢﱠ َﺑ ْﻌ َﺪ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺹ ِﻟﻠﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ْﻨَﺘ ِﻈﺮُﻭَﻧﻪُ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨﹶ‬ ‫ﻼ َﺧ ِﻄﻴﱠ ٍﺔ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺛﹶﺎﹺﻧَﻴ ﹰﺔ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ع‪ :23‬ﺃﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺸﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ‪ :‬ﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﻤﺤﺘﻭﻴﺎﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﻬﺎ ‪ :‬ﻨﻔﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺴﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺘﺼﻴﺭ ﺴﻤﺎ ًﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺘﺴﻜﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺃﻓﻀل ‪ :‬ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻜل ﺭﻤﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺴﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻴﺘﻁﻬﺭ ﺒﺭﺵ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬـﺫﺍ ﻴﺭﻤـﺯ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺼﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﺴﻤﺎ ًﺀ ﻴﺴﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﺘﻁﻬﺭﻭﺍ ﺒﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﻓﻀـل ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟـﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪66‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫س ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح التﱠا ِ‬

‫ع‪ :24‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﺩﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻭﻗﺩﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻴﻜـل‬ ‫ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺒﺼﻌﻭﺩﻩ ﺩﺨل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻗ ّﺩﻡ ﺩﻤﻪ ﻓﺩﺍ ًﺀ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻴﻅل ﻴﺸﻔﻊ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﺒﺩﻤـﻪ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :25‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻴﻭﻡ ﻋﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭﺓ ﻴﺩﺨل ﺒﺩﻡ ﻴﺭﺸﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻗـﺩﺱ ﺍﻷﻗـﺩﺍﺱ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬ ‫ﺘﺎﺒﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺭﺓ ﻜل ﺴﻨﺔ )ﻻ‪ ،(30 ،29 :16‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﺫﺒﻴﺤﺘﻪ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺤـﺩﻭﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺘﻜﻔﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﻗ ﱠﺩﻡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻤﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻭﺩﺨل ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﻟﺴـﻤﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻭﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺩل ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﻭﻴﻌﺩ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﹰﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :26‬ﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻼﺹ ﻤﺜل ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺠﺏ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﺸﺎﺒﻬﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻯ ﻓﻰ ﻀﻌﻔﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﺄﻟﻡ ﻭﻴﺼﻠﺏ ﻭﻴﻤﻭﺕ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺨﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﻟﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﻊ ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻨﺤﻴﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻅﻬﺭ ﻤﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻟﻴﻤﻭﺕ ﻭﻴﺭﻓﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺘﻪ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﺘﻁﻬﺭ ﻜل ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :28 ،27‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻋ ﱠﻴﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻤﻭﺕ ﻤﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﺜﻡ ﻴﺩﺍﻥ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺏ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻟﻴﻔﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﻴﺨﱢﻠﺼـﻨﺎ ﻤـﻥ‬ ‫ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻨﺎ ﻭﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﺜﻡ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﻟﻴﺸﻔﻊ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﺒﺩﻤﻪ ﻭﻴﺨﱢﻠﺼﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺩﺨﻠﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺼﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻴﻌ ّﺩ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﻨﻔﻜﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺠﻤﺎل ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﻌﻁﻰ ﻭﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﻜﺎﻓﻴًـﺎ ﷲ‬

‫ﻭﻨﺘﺫﻭﻕ ﻋﺸﺭﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻤﻼﺕ ﻭﺤﻴﻨﺌﺫ ﻨﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺘﻠﻴﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻤﺎﺌﻴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪67‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ﺸﻜل )‪(1‬‬

‫‪68‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫س ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح التﱠا ِ‬

‫تابوت العھد‬

‫ﺸﻜل )‪(2‬‬

‫‪69‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫)المذبح النحاسى(‬ ‫ﺸﻜل )‪(3‬‬

‫‪70‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اش ُر‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح ال َع ِ‬

‫ش ُر‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح ال َعا ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬مسرة اآلب فى ذبيحة االبن )ع‪:(10-1‬‬ ‫ﺢ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﱠﺑَﺎِﺋ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌﺘِﻴ َﺪ ِﺓ ﹶﻻ َﻧ ﹾﻔﺲُ ﺻُﻮ َﺭ ِﺓ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺷﻴَﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ َﻳ ﹾﻘ ِﺪﺭُ ﹶﺃﺑَﺪﹰﺍ ﹺﺑَﻨ ﹾﻔ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﻴﺮَﺍ ِ‬ ‫‪َ 1‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱَ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻟﻪُ ِﻇ ﱡﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﺳَﻨﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﻳُ ﹶﻘﺪﱢﻣُﻮَﻧﻬَﺎ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﱠﻭَﺍﻡﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُ ﹶﻜﻤﱢ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳَﺘ ﹶﻘﺪﱠﻣُﻮﻥﹶ‪َ 2 .‬ﻭﹺﺇﻻﱠ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻓﹶﻤَﺎ ﺯَﺍﻟﹶﺖْ ُﺗ ﹶﻘﺪﱠﻡُ؟ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﺿ ِﻤﲑُ َﺧﻄﹶﺎﻳَﺎ‪3 .‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦْ ﻓِﻴﻬَﺎ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﺳَﻨ ٍﺔ ِﺫ ﹾﻛﺮُ َﺧﻄﹶﺎﻳَﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺨَﺎﺩِﻣِﲔَ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ُﻫ ْﻢ ُﻣ ﹶﻄﻬﱠﺮُﻭ ﹶﻥ َﻣﺮﱠﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ َ‬

‫ﺤ ﹰﺔ َﻭﻗﹸﺮْﺑَﺎﻧﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻚ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ُﺩﺧُﻮِﻟ ِﻪ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟ ﹺﻢ َﻳﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ » :‬ﹶﺫﺑﹺﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻳ ْﺮ ﹶﻓﻊُ َﺧﻄﹶﺎﻳَﺎ‪ِ5 .‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫‪َ 4‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻻ ﻳُ ْﻤ ِﻜﻦُ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ َﺩ َﻡ ِﺛﲑَﺍ ٍﻥ َﻭُﺗﻴُﻮ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺴﺮﱠ‪7 .‬ﹸﺛﻢﱠ ﹸﻗ ﹾﻠﺖُ‪َ :‬ﻫﹶﺌَﻨﺬﹶﺍ ﹶﺃﺟﹺﻲﺀُ‪ .‬ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ُﺗ َ‬ ‫ﺢ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻭ ﹶﺫﺑَﺎِﺋ َ‬ ‫ﺤ َﺮﻗﹶﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻟِﻲ َﺟﺴَﺪﺍﹰ‪6 .‬ﹺﺑ ُﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ُﺗ ﹺﺮﺩْ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ َﻫﻴﱠ ﹾﺄ َ‬

‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺤ َﺮﻗﹶﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹰﺔ َﻭﻗﹸﺮْﺑَﺎﻧﹰﺎ َﻭ ُﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻣَﻜﹾﺘُﻮﺏٌ َﻋﻨﱢﻲ‪َ ،‬ﻷ ﹾﻓ َﻌ ﹶﻞ َﻣﺸِﻴﹶﺌَﺘ َ‬ ‫ﺝ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻜﺘَﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫َﺩ ْﺭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﺫﺑﹺﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻳَﺎ ﹶﺃﷲُ«‪8 .‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺁﻧﹺﻔﺎﹰ‪» :‬ﹺﺇﻧﱠ َ‬

‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱﹺ‪9 .‬ﹸﺛﻢﱠ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪َ » :‬ﻫﹶﺌَﻨﺬﹶﺍ ﹶﺃﺟﹺﻲ ُﺀ َﻷ ﹾﻓ َﻌ ﹶﻞ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺑﹺﻬَﺎ«‪ .‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﺗُ ﹶﻘﺪﱠﻡُ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ُﺗ ﹺﺮ ْﺩ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ﺳُ ﹺﺮ ْﺭ َ‬ ‫ﺢ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫َﻭ ﹶﺫﺑَﺎِﺋ َ‬

‫ﻉ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ُﻣ ﹶﻘﺪﱠﺳُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺑَﺘ ﹾﻘ ِﺪ ﹺﱘ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﹺﻧﻲَ‪ 10 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺒ َﻬ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺸِﻴﹶﺌ ِﺔ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻳَﺎ ﹶﺃﷲُ«‪َ .‬ﻳ ْﻨ ﹺﺰﻉُ ﺍ َﻷ َﻭّ ﹶﻝ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻲ ﻳُﹶﺜﺒﱢ َ‬ ‫َﻣﺸِﻴﹶﺌَﺘ َ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻣﺮﱠ ﹰﺓ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ َﺪﺓﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻭﻜل ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺘﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻨﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ ﻭﻭﺴﺎﺌﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻻ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻴـﺔ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﻁ ﱢﻬﺭ ﻭﻴﺒ ﱢﺭﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻭﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :2‬ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻀﻤﻴﺭ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻴﺨﺎﻓﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻘﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺩﻤﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﻭﻴﻭﻥ ﻫﻰ ﻟﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﻠﺯﻡ‬ ‫ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﻜﻔﻰ ﻤﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻠﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﺒﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :4 ،3‬ﻴﺴﺘﺩﺭﺝ ﻓﻴﻘﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺘﺘﻜﺭﺭ ﻜل ﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﺩﻟﻴل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺠﺯﻫﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﺠﺯ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺭﻤﺯ‪.‬‬

‫‪71‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ع‪ :6 ،5‬ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻰ ﺒﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻭﺓ ﻓﻰ )ﻤﺯ‪ (6 :40‬ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﻭﺩﺨﻭﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻭل ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﻟﻶﺏ ﺃﻨﻙ ﻻ ﺘﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻰ ﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺭﻤﺯ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺘﺭﻴﺩ ﺫﺒﻴﺤـﺔ‬ ‫ﺠﺴﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺃﻗﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻫ ﱠﻴﺄﺕ ﻟﻰ ﺠﺴﺩًﺍ ﺒﻭﻻﺩﺘﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺫﺭﺍﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ‪ :‬ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﺘﻜﺘﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻗﻭﻕ ُﻭﺘﱠﻠﻑ ﻭﺘﺴﻤﻰ ﺩﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻘﺼﺩ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﺴﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻨﺒﺄﺕ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺠﺊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺘﻜﻠﻤﺕ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻭﺍﺕ ﺴﻴﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻤلﺀ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﻔﻌـل ﻤﺸـﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﺁﻨﻔﹰﺎ ‪ :‬ﺴﺎﺒﻘﹰﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴ ّﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟـﺫﺍ ﻴﻨﺒـﻪ ﺒـﻭﻟﺱ‬ ‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻤﻭﺭ )‪ (6 :40‬ﺴﺎﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻡ ُﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺭﺍﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺭﻤﻭﺯ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻤﺴﻜﻭﺍ ﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﻴﺴﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﺒل ﺒﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓـﺎﷲ ﺒﻬـﺫﺍ ﻴﺯﻴـل ﺍﻟـﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻤﺯﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﺜ ﱢﺒﺕ ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺭﺍﻨﻴﻭﻥ ﻭﻴﺘﺭﻜـﻭﺍ ﻋـﻨﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﻴﻘﺭﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ ﺘﺘﻡ ﺒﻤﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺃﺘﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻠﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻓﺩﺍﺌﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻨﺸﻜﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﺎ ﺒﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﻭﺩﻤﻪ ﻏﻔﺭﺍﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻨﺎ ﻭﻗﻭﺓ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺘﻨﺎ‬

‫ﻨﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﻜﺜﻴﺭًﺍ ﻗﺩﺭ ﻤﺎ ﻨﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻀﻌﻔﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﻨﺎ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬خالص المسيح كامل )ع‪:(18-11‬‬

‫‪72‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اش ُر‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح ال َع ِ‬

‫ﺴَﺘﻄِﻴ ُﻊ ﺍﹾﻟَﺒﺘﱠ ﹶﺔ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻋ ْﻴَﻨﻬَﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﱠﺑَﺎِﺋ َ‬ ‫ﲑ ﹰﺓ ِﺗ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﺪﻡُ َﻭﻳُ ﹶﻘﺪﱢﻡُ ِﻣﺮَﺍﺭﹰﺍ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫‪َ 11‬ﻭ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻛﹶﺎ ِﻫ ﹴﻦ َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ُﻡ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﻳ ْﻮ ﹴﻡ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺍﷲِ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺲ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ َﻷَﺑ ِﺪ َﻋ ْﻦ َﻳ ِﻤ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹰﺔ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ َﺪﺓﹰ‪َ ،‬ﺟ ﹶﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺨﻄﹶﺎﻳَﺎ ﹶﺫﺑﹺﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔﹶ‪َ 12 .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ َﻫ ﹶﺬﺍ ﹶﻓَﺒ ْﻌ َﺪﻣَﺎ ﹶﻗﺪﱠ َﻡ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﺗ ْﻨ ﹺﺰ َ‬

‫ﺿ َﻊ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﺪَﺍ ُﺅ ُﻩ َﻣ ْﻮﻃِﺌﹰﺎ ِﻟ ﹶﻘ َﺪ َﻣ ْﻴﻪِ‪َ 14 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹺﺑ ﹸﻘ ْﺮﺑَﺎ ٍﻥ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛ َﻤ ﹶﻞ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ َﻷَﺑ ِﺪ‬ ‫ﻚ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﺗُﻮ َ‬ ‫‪13‬ﻣُ ْﻨَﺘﻈِﺮﹰﺍ َﺑ ْﻌ َﺪ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤُ ﹶﻘﺪﱠ ِﺳ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﺎﹰ‪َ .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ َﺑ ْﻌ َﺪﻣَﺎ ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ﺳَﺎﺑﹺﻘﺎﹰ‪»16 :‬ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ ْﻬ ُﺪ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ َﻬﺪُﻩُ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻘ ُﺪ ُ‬ ‫ﲔ‪َ 15 .‬ﻭَﻳﺸْ َﻬﺪُ ﻟﹶﻨَﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ُ‬

‫ﻚ ﺍﻷَﻳﱠﺎﻡﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱡ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْﺟ َﻌﻞﹸ َﻧﻮَﺍﻣِﻴﺴِﻲ ﻓِﻲ ﹸﻗﻠﹸﻮﹺﺑ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ َﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻛُﺘُﺒﻬَﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﹶﺃ ﹾﺫﻫَﺎﹺﻧ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ« ‪17‬ﻭَ‪» :‬ﹶﻟ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ﹾﺫﻛﹸ َﺮ‬ ‫َﻣ َﻌﻬُ ْﻢ َﺑ ْﻌ َﺪ ِﺗ ﹾﻠ َ‬

‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔِ‪.‬‬ ‫َﺧﻄﹶﺎﻳَﺎﻫُ ْﻢ َﻭَﺗ َﻌﺪﱢﻳَﺎِﺗ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ ﻓِﻲ ﻣَﺎ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ«‪َ 18 .‬ﻭﹺﺇﻧﱠﻤَﺎ َﺣ ْﻴﺚﹸ َﺗﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ َﻣ ْﻐ ِﻔ َﺮ ﹲﺓ ِﻟ َﻬ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﹶﻻ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ ﻗﹸﺮْﺑَﺎﻥﹲ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬

‫ع‪ :11‬ﻜل ﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻴﻘﻑ ﻴﻭﻤﻴًﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺘﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻭﻴﻌﻴﺩ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻨﻔﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺠﺯﺓ ﺘﻤﺎﻤًﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﺠﻠﺱ ﻋﻥ ﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﺃﻅﻬﺭ ﺇﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻗﻭﺘﻪ ﻭﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺏ ﻭﻗ ﱠﺩﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﻪ ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻜﻔﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺼِﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﻌﺩﻤﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻠﻥ ﺒﺼﻌﻭﺩﻩ ﻗﻭﺘﻪ ﻭﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺨﻠﺹ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﻴﻅل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﺴﻨﺩ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻭﻴﻨﻘﺫﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺭﻭﺏ ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺩﺨﻠﻬﻡ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﺩﻭﺱ ﻜل ﻗﻭﺓ ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻘﻴﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺫﺍﺏ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﺒﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺭﻤﺯ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺭﺍﺒﻴﻥ ﻭﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﻴﺤـﺔ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﺨﻼﺼًﺎ ﻜﺎﻤ ﹰ‬ ‫ع‪ :16 ،15‬ﺘﻨﺒﺄ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﺭﻤﻴـﺎ )ﺃﺭ‪ (33 ،32 :31‬ﺃﻨـﻪ ﺒﻌـﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻨﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻓﺩﺍﺌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻴﺜ ﱢﺒﺕ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﻭﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﻗﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻓﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﻴﻐﻔﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺃﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﺭﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭل‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻤﺤﻰ ﺘﻤﺎﻤًﺎ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪73‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ع‪ :18‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻐﻔﺭﺍﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺠﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﻭﻗـﺭﺍﺒﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺃﻁﻠﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻼﺓ ﻤﻌﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﺭﺃ ﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻌﻁﻴـﻙ‬

‫ﻓﻬﻤًﺎ ﻭﺘﺄﺜﺭًﺍ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﺜﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻙ ﻓﺘﻁﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻙ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬اإليمان والرجاء فى المسيح ومحبتنا لآلخرين )ع‪:(25-19‬‬ ‫ﺱ« ﹺﺑ َﺪ ﹺﻡ َﻳﺴُﻮﻉَ‪ 20 ،‬ﹶﻃﺮﹺﻳﻘﹰﺎ ﹶﻛﺮﱠ َﺳﻪُ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ َﺣﺪِﻳﺜﹰﺎ َﺣﻴّﺎﹰ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ 19‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ ﺃﹶﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹸ ِﺛ ﹶﻘ ﹲﺔ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺪﱡﺧُﻮ ﹺﻝ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ »ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻗﺪَﺍ ﹺ‬

‫ﲔ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎﻥِ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻕ ﻓِﻲ َﻳ ِﻘ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺻَﺎ ِﺩ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﷲِ‪ِ22 ،‬ﻟَﻨَﺘ ﹶﻘﺪﱠ ْﻡ ﹺﺑ ﹶﻘ ﹾﻠ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺟَﺴَﺪِﻩِ‪َ 21 ،‬ﻭﻛﹶﺎ ِﻫ ٌﻦ ﻋَﻈِﻴﻢٌ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ َﺑ ْﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﺠَﺎﺏﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺑﹺﺈﹺﻗﹾﺮَﺍﺭﹺ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺟَﺎ ِﺀ ﺭَﺍﺳِﺨﺎﹰ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﻠ ﹰﺔ ﹶﺃ ْﺟﺴَﺎ ُﺩﻧَﺎ ﹺﺑﻤَﺎ ٍﺀ َﻧ ِﻘﻲﱟ‪ِ23 .‬ﻟَﻨَﺘ َﻤﺴﱠ ْ‬ ‫ﲑ ِﺷﺮﱢﻳﺮﹴ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻣُ ْﻐَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺿ ِﻤ ﹴ‬ ‫َﻣ ْﺮﺷُﻮ َﺷ ﹰﺔ ﹸﻗﻠﹸﻮُﺑﻨَﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ َ‬

‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ َﻭ َﻋ َﺪ ﻫُ َﻮ ﹶﺃ ِﻣﲔٌ‪َ 24 .‬ﻭﹾﻟﻨُ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺴَﻨﺔِ‪ 25 ،‬ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠ ِﺔ َﻭﺍ َﻷ ْﻋﻤَﺎ ﹺﻝ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺾ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺮﹺﻳ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻆ ﺑَﻌْﻀُﻨَﺎ َﺑﻌْﻀﹰﺎ ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ ْ‬ ‫ﻼ ِﺣ ﹾ‬

‫ﻀﻨَﺎ َﺑﻌْﻀﺎﹰ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺑﹺﺎ َﻷ ﹾﻛﹶﺜ ﹺﺮ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﹺﺭ ﻣَﺎ َﺗ َﺮ ْﻭ ﹶﻥ ﺍﹾﻟَﻴ ْﻮ َﻡ َﻳ ﹾﻘ ُﺮﺏُ‪،‬‬ ‫ﲔ َﺑ ْﻌ ُ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺍ ْﺟِﺘﻤَﺎ َﻋﻨَﺎ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ِﻟ ﹶﻘ ْﻮ ﹴﻡ ﻋَﺎ َﺩﺓﹲ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻭَﺍ ِﻋ ِﻈ َ‬ ‫ﺗَﺎ ﹺﺭ ِﻛ َ‬

‫ع‪ :19‬ﺒﺎﻹﺠﻤﺎل ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺨﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻭﺒﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺠﺭﺃﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺩﺨل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻴﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺒﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻗﺎل ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻨﺎﺌﺏ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸـﺭ‬ ‫ﻜﺎﺒﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺩﺨﻭل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺩﻴﻴﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺒﻔﺩﺍﺌﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :20‬ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺏ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻭﻗﺩﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﻭﻜـﺎﻥ ﺭﻤـﺯًﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﺴـﻴﺢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺼﻠﺏ ﻭﺍﻨﺸﻕ ﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﺃﻯ ﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻨﺸﻕ ﺤﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜل ﻤﻌﻠﻨﹰﺎ ﺇﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺩﺨﻭل ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻭﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﻨﺎﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﻭﺩﻤﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬ ‫ﻜﻌﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﺘﻤﻪ ﺤﺩﻴﺜﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﺃﻋ ﱠﺩ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺒﺫﻟـﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﺒﺢ ﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ ﻋﺭﺒﻭﻨﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻋﺩﻩ ﻟﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :21‬ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ ﻜﺎﻤل ﻗﺩﻭﺱ ﺒﻼ ﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻴﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪74‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اش ُر‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح ال َع ِ‬

‫ع‪ :22‬ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﺒﻘﻠﻭﺏ ﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﺼﺭﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴـﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔـﺎﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺘﺭﻤﺯ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻜل ﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﺘﻨﻘﻰ ﻀﻤﺎﺌﺭﻨﺎ ﺒﺩﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻔﻭﻙ ﻋﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺨـﻼل ﺴـﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺘﺭﺍﻑ ﻭﺘﻐﺘﺴل ﺃﺠﺴﺎﺩﻨﺎ ﺒﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺘﺠﺩﺩ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﻨﺤﻴﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒـﺩﻻ ﻤـﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺵ ﺩﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﻟﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺠﺴﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻏﺘﺴﺎﻟﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :23‬ﺇﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﺭﺍﺴﺨﹰﺎ ‪ :‬ﻨﻌﻠﻥ ﻭﻨﻌﺘﺭﻑ ﺒﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﺜﺎﺒﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﻭﻯ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻨﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻨﺎل ﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﹰﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻌﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻴـﺎﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﻜﻤل ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﻪ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﹰﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :24‬ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻨﻬﺘﻡ ﻭﻨﺸﺠﻊ ﺒﻌﻀﻨﺎ ﺒﻌﻀًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻶﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﺨـﺩﻤﺘﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻤل ﻜل ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :25‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻻ ﻨﻬﻤل ﺍﻹﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻨﺤﻀﺭﻫﺎ ﻜﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺘﺄﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺠـﺏ‪ ،‬ﺒـل‬ ‫ﻨﺴﺘﻐﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﻭﻭﻋﻅ ﺒﻌﻀﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴـﺔ ﺇﺴـﺘﻌﺩﺍﺩًﺍ ﻟﻸﺒﺩﻴـﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻴـﺯﺩﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺘﺸﺠﻴﻌﻨﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﻀﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻗﺩﺭ ﻤﺎ ﻨﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﺎﻗﺘﺭﺍﺏ ﻤﺠﺊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﻤﻴﻌـﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤـﺩ ﻓـﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸـﺠﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺭﺍﻨﻴﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﺭﻀﻴﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﻜل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻟﻶﺨﺭ ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺜﺒﺎﺘﹰﺎ ﻭﺼﺒﺭًﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻘـﻑ‬ ‫ﻁﻬﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﺠﺎﻨﺒﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﺸﺠﻊ ﻭﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺴﻴﺤﻪ ﺍﻟ ُﻤﻀ ﱠ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻰ ﺍﻟﻨـﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻁﻨﻰ ﻴﺎ ﺇﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻹﻴﺠﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﺄﺜﺒﺕ ﻭﺃﺜﺒﱢﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻭﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻫﺒﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﻯ ﻓ ّ‬

‫ﻏﺼﻨﹰﺎ ﺜﺎﺒ ﹰﺘﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻜﺭﻤﻙ ﻓﺄﺠﺫﺒﻬﻡ ﺒﺜﻤﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻓﻌل ﺭﻭﺤﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻭﺱ‪ .‬ﻫﺏ ﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺘـﺫﻜﺭ‬

‫ﻜﻡ ﻋﺎﻫﺩﺘﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺇﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺘﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺤﻴﺎ ﻤﻌﻙ ﻭﺃﻗﺒﻠﻙ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﺤﺩًﺍ ﻋﻨﻰ ﻜل ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﺭ‬ ‫ﺒﻜل ﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺒﻼ ﺘﺫﺒﺫﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪75‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫)‪ (4‬التحذير من اإلرتداد )ع‪:(32-26‬‬ ‫ﺨﻄﹶﺎﻳَﺎ‪َ27 ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ‬ ‫ﺤﻖﱢ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْﺒﻘﹶﻰ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ ﺫﹶﺑﹺﻴﺤَﺔﹲ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫‪ 26‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻪُ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃ ْﺧ ﹶﻄ ﹾﺄﻧَﺎ ﺑﹺﺎ ْﺧِﺘﻴَﺎ ﹺﺭﻧَﺎ ﺑَﻌْﺪَﻣَﺎ ﹶﺃ َﺧ ﹾﺬﻧَﺎ َﻣ ْﻌ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻓ ﹶﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻣُﻮﺳَﻰ ﹶﻓ َﻌﻠﹶﻰ ﺷَﺎ ِﻫ َﺪْﻳ ﹺﻦ‬ ‫ﻒ ﻧَﺎﻣُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﹸﻗﺒُﻮ ﹸﻝ َﺩْﻳﻨُﻮَﻧ ٍﺔ ُﻣﺨِﻴﻒٌ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻏﻴْ َﺮﺓﹸ ﻧَﺎ ﹴﺭ َﻋﺘِﻴ َﺪ ٍﺓ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﺗ ﹾﺄﻛﹸ ﹶﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤﻀَﺎﺩﱢﻳﻦَ‪َ 28 .‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﺧَﺎﹶﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍْﺑ َﻦ ﺍﷲِ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺤﻘﹼﹰﺎ َﻣ ْﻦ ﺩَﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺐُ ﻣُﺴَْﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹺﺑﺪُﻭ ِﻥ َﺭﹾﺃ ﹶﻓﺔٍ‪ 29 .‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻜ ْﻢ ِﻋﻘﹶﺎﺑﹰﺎ ﹶﺃ َﺷﺮﱠ َﺗ ﹸﻈﻨﱡﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ ﻳُ ْ‬ ‫ﻼﹶﺛ ِﺔ ُﺷﻬُﻮ ٍﺩ َﻳﻤُﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﹶﺛ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤﺔِ؟ ‪ 30‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْﻌ ﹺﺮﻑُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ِ» :‬ﻟ َﻲ‬ ‫ﺱ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ َﺩﻧﹺﺴﺎﹰ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍ ْﺯ َﺩﺭَﻯ ﹺﺑﺮُﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺐ َﺩ َﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ ْﻬ ِﺪ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻗﹸﺪﱢ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫َﻭ َﺣ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ‬ ‫ﻱﺍِ‬ ‫ﻉ ﻓِﻲ َﻳ َﺪ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺍ ِﻻْﻧِﺘﻘﹶﺎﻡُ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﺃﹸﺟَﺎﺯﹺﻱ‪َ ،‬ﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱡ«‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻳْﻀﺎﹰ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱡ َﻳﺪِﻳ ُﻦ َﺷ ْﻌَﺒﻪُ«‪31 .‬ﻣُﺨِﻴﻒٌ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻮﻗﹸﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﲑ ٍﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﹺﺒ ْﺮُﺗ ْﻢ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ُﻣﺠَﺎ َﻫ َﺪ ِﺓ ﺁ ﹶﻻ ﹴﻡ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻲﱢ! ‪َ 32‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ َﺗ ﹶﺬﻛﱠﺮُﻭﺍ ﺍ َﻷﻳﱠﺎ َﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺎِﻟ ﹶﻔ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﻓِﻴﻬَﺎ َﺑ ْﻌ َﺪﻣَﺎ ﹸﺃﹺﻧ ْﺮُﺗ ْﻢ َ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :26‬ﺃﺨﻁﺄﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭﻨﺎ ‪ :‬ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺍﻹﺭﺘﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺠـﻭﻉ ﻟﻠﻌﺒـﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴـﺔ‬ ‫ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺇﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﺍﻹﺼﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻯ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺤﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺭﺘﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻟﻥ ﺘﻔﻴـﺩﻨﺎ ﺍﻟـﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻴـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺴﻨﺤﺭﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻓﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺫﺒﻴﺤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :27‬ﻤﻥ ُﻴﺼ ّﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻥ ﻴﻨﺘﻅﺭﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭ ﻭﻫﻰ‬ ‫ﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﺭﻫﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻘﻑ ﻀﺩﻩ ﺒﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﺸﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﻴﻠﻘﻴﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺫﺍﺏ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ ﺍﻟ ُﻤ َﻌ ّﺩ ﻟﻸﺸـﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺭﺍﻓﻀـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :28‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻴﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺘل ﻤﻥ ﻴﺨﺎﻟﻔـﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺜﺒﺘـﺕ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺜﻨﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﻔﻴﺩ ﺃﻯ ﻋﺫﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻴﺠﺩ ﺸﻔﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻤﺨﺎﻓـﺔ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺤﺘﺭﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ )ﻤﺕ‪.(16 :18‬‬ ‫ع‪ :29‬ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻕ‪ .‬ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺸﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻨﻜﺭ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﺩﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻴﺤﺘﻘﺭ ﺩﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻯ ﺒﺭﺠﻭﻋﻪ ﻟﻠﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﺴﺘﻬﻴﻥ ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺴـﺭﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﺨﺘﺒﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻘﺎﺏ ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤـﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓـﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻴﺴﺘﺤﻕ ﻋﺫﺍﺒًﺎ ﺃﺒﺩﻴًﺎ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺨ ﱡﻴل ﻤﺩﻯ ﺸﻨﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻﻫﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪76‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اش ُر‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح ال َع ِ‬

‫ع‪ :30‬ﻴﺴﺘﺸﻬﺩ ﻕ‪ .‬ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺴﻔﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﻨﻴﺔ )ﺘـﺙ‪ (36 ،35 :32‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴـﺩﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﻴﻨﺘﻘﻡ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﻘﺎﻡ ﻟﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﻟﻤـﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﺭﻓﻀﻭﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺼ ّﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺼﻴﺎﻨﻪ ﻻﺒﺩ‬ ‫ع‪ :31‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺎﺩل ﻭﺤﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ ﻭﻋﻅﻴﻡ ﺠﺩًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻥ ﻴﻨﻜﺭﻩ ﻭ ُﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻊ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻴﺩﻴﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺎل ﻋﻘﺎﺒًﺎ ﻤﺨﻭﻓﹰﺎ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻜل ﺘﺼﻭﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﻨﻊ ﻕ‪ .‬ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻜل ﻁﻘﻭﺴﻬﻡ ﺘﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻴﺤﺫﺭﻫﻡ ﻤـﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﺘـﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻴﻨﺎل ﻋﻘﺎﺒًﺎ ﻭﻋﺫﺍﺒًﺎ ﺃﺒﺩﻴًﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻋﻠﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻜـل ﻫـﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻨﻘﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺩﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ ﻟﻴﻌﻭﺩﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﹶﺘ ﹶﺫﻜﱡﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﻴﻨﺒﻬﻨﺎ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻨﺭﺠﻊ ﻋﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻨﺎ ﻭﺘﻬﺎﻭﻨﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺨﺎﺌﻔﻴﻪ ﻭﻟـﻴﺱ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻬﻴﻨﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻀﻌﻔﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻴﻌﻁل ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻬﺎﻨﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﻹﺼﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴـﺔ ﻫـﻭ ﺍﻟـﺫﻯ‬ ‫ﻴﻌﺭﻀﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (5‬الثبات فى المسيح )ع‪:(39-32‬‬ ‫ﲑ ٍﺓ‪ِ 33 .‬ﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺻﹺﺒ ْﺮُﺗ ْﻢ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ُﻣﺠَﺎ َﻫ َﺪ ِﺓ ﺁ ﹶﻻ ﹴﻡ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫‪َ 32‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ َﺗ ﹶﺬﻛﱠﺮُﻭﺍ ﺍ َﻷﻳﱠﺎ َﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺎِﻟ ﹶﻔ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﻓِﻴﻬَﺎ َﺑ ْﻌ َﺪﻣَﺎ ﹸﺃﹺﻧ ْﺮُﺗ ْﻢ َ‬ ‫ﻑ ﻓِﻴ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ َﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ‪َ 34 .‬ﻷﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭَﺿِﻴﻘﹶﺎﺕٍ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ٍﺔ ﺻَﺎِﺋﺮﹺﻳ َﻦ ُﺷ َﺮﻛﹶﺎ َﺀ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﺗُﺼُﺮﱢ َ‬ ‫ﲑﺍ ٍ‬ ‫ﺸﻬُﻮﺭﹺﻳ َﻦ ﹺﺑَﺘ ْﻌﹺﻴ َ‬ ‫ﹺﺟ َﻬ ٍﺔ َﻣ ْ‬

‫ﻀ ﹶﻞ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺴﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﻣَﺎ ﹰﻻ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻓِﻲ ﹶﺃْﻧﻔﹸ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﺃ ْﻣﻮَﺍِﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹺﺑ ﹶﻔ َﺮﺡﹴ‪ ،‬ﻋَﺎِﻟ ِﻤ َ‬ ‫َﺭﹶﺛ ْﻴُﺘ ْﻢ ِﻟﻘﹸﻴُﻮﺩِﻱ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﺎﹰ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻗﹺﺒﻠﹾﺘُﻢْ َﺳ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎﻭَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﺘَﺎﺟُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﱠ ْﺒﺮﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻼ َﺗ ﹾﻄ َﺮﺣُﻮﺍ ِﺛ ﹶﻘَﺘﻜﹸﻢُ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﹶﻟﻬَﺎ ﻣُﺠَﺎﺯَﺍﺓﹲ ﻋَﻈِﻴﻤَﺔﹲ‪َ 36 .‬ﻷﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻭَﺑﺎﻗِﻴﺎﹰ‪ 35 .‬ﹶﻓ ﹶ‬

‫ﷲ َﺗﻨَﺎﻟﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ِﻋﺪَ‪َ 37 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ َﺑ ْﻌ َﺪ ﹶﻗﻠِﻴ ﹴﻞ ﹺﺟﺪّﹰﺍ » َﺳَﻴ ﹾﺄﺗِﻲ ﺍﻵﺗِﻲ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ﻳُ ْﺒ ِﻄﺊﹸ‪38 .‬ﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﹾﻟﺒَﺎﺭﱡ‬ ‫ﺻَﻨ ْﻌُﺘ ْﻢ َﻣﺸِﻴﹶﺌ ﹶﺔ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ َ‬

‫ﺴﻨَﺎ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِﻻ ْﺭِﺗﺪَﺍ ِﺩ ﻟِﻠﹾﻬَﻼﹶﻙِ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﺮَﱡ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ﻧَﻔﹾﺴِﻲ«‪َ 39 .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇ ِﻥ ﺍ ْﺭَﺗﺪﱠ ﹶﻻ ُﺗ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻓﺒﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ِﻻ ﹾﻗِﺘﻨَﺎ ِﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ ﹾﻔﺲﹺ‪.‬‬

‫‪77‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ع‪ :32‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺫﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺩﻴﺩ ﻴﻠﻁﻑ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﺒﺘﺸﺠﻴﻌﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻌﻠﻨﹰﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﺌﻠﻬﻡ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺭ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻗﺎﺒﻠﻭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺘﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﺜﺒﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻫـﺫﺍ ﻭﺼـﺒﺭﻫﻡ ﻴـﺩﻋﻭﻫﻡ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺭﺠﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :33‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﻜﻨﺘﻡ ﻤﺸﻬﻭﺭﻴﻥ ﺒﻔﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﻟﻶﻻﻡ ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺸﺎﺭﻜﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺸـﻬﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴـﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺫﺍﺒﺎﺕ ﻤﺜل ﺍﺴﺘﻔﺎﻨﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :34‬ﻷﻨﻰ ﻻ ﺃﻨﺴﻰ ﻟﻜﻡ ﺃﻨﻜﻡ ﺸﺠﻌﺘﻤﻭﻨﻰ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺴﺠﻨﻰ ﻭﻤﺤﺎﻜﻤﺘﻰ ﻭﺘﺤﻨﻨﺘﻡ ﻋﻠـﻰ‪ ،‬ﺒـل‬ ‫ﻓﺭﺤﺘﻡ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﺭﻀﺘﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻏﺘﺼﺎﺏ ﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺘﻜﻡ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻬﺘﻤﻴﻥ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻟﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺒل ﺒﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺼﻴﺏ ﺃﺒﺩﻯ ﻤﻌ ّﺩ ﻷﺠﻠﻜﻡ ﻻ ﻴﺄﻜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺱ ﻭﻴﺴﺭﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻗﻭﻥ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻨﺼـﻴﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻨﻌﻡ ﻴﺎ ﺭﺏ ﻋﱢﻠﻤﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺃﻫﺘﻡ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻟﻰ ﻤﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻴُﺴﻠﹶﺏ ﻤﻨﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﺴﻤﻙ‪ .‬ﻋﱢﻠﻤﻨـﻰ‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﺃﺘﺨﻠﻰ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻋﻥ ﺤﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻰ ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻌﻁﻠﻨﻰ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﺴﻤﻙ‪ ،‬ﻨـﺎﻅﺭًﺍ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﻟﺴـﻤﺎﺀ‬

‫ﻭﻁﻨﻰ ﺍﻷﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺃﻨﺎ ﺨﺭﺠﺕ ﻤﻭﻟﻭﺩًﺍ ﻤﻨﻙ ﻭﺴﺄﻋﻭﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻙ ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺘﻙ ﻭﻓﻌل ﺩﻤﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻓﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺠﺴﺩﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺫﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :35‬ﻻ ﺘﻬﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻜﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻬﺒﻜﻡ ﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ‪ ..‬ﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺒﱠﺭ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :36‬ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻫﻡ ﻟﻠﺼﺒﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻹﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻤﺸﺠﻌًﺎ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺒﻨﻭﺍل ﻭﻋﻭﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺭﻜـﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻫﻡ ﻭﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄﺘﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :37‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﺴﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﺴﺭﻴﻌًﺎ ﺠﺩًﺍ ﺇﻥ ﻗﺎﺭ ﱠﻨﺎ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﻀـﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺘﻴـﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﺒﺩﻴـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻴﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻁﺎﻟﺕ ﻻ ﺸﺊ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﻰ ﻟـﻴﺱ ﻟﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺴﺭﻴﻌًﺎ ﻭﻴﻤﺠﺩ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫‪78‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اش ُر‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح ال َع ِ‬

‫ع‪ :38‬ﻟﻜﻰ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻭﺍﺼﻠﻭﺍ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﻤﺴﻜﻭﺍ ﺒﺈﻴﻤﺎﻨﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫)ﺤﺏ‪ (4 :2‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻴﺤﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻜﻤل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻓﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻤﺴـﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻟﺒـﺎﺭ ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺘﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺒﺭﻩ ﻭﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﺤﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻴﺭﺘﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :39‬ﻴﺸﺠﻌﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺄﻨﻬﻡ ﻟﻴﺴﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻨﺘﻅﺭﻫﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ ﺒل ﻫﻡ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪79‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرانِيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫الحا ِدى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح َ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻳـﻤـــﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬اإليمان والخليقة )ع‪:(3-1‬‬ ‫‪َ 1‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ﹸﻥ ﹶﻓﻬُ َﻮ ﺍﻟﺜﱢ ﹶﻘﺔﹸ ﹺﺑﻤَﺎ ﻳُﺮْﺟَﻰ َﻭﺍﻹِﻳﻘﹶﺎﻥﹸ ﹺﺑﹸﺄﻣُﻮ ﹴﺭ ﹶﻻ ُﺗﺮَﻯ‪ 2 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻪُ ﻓِـﻲ ﻫَـﺬﹶﺍ ﺷُـ ﹺﻬ َﺪ ِﻟ ﹾﻠﻘﹸـ َﺪﻣَﺎﺀِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﹺﺑ ﹶﻜ ِﻠ َﻤ ِﺔ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳَﺘ ﹶﻜﻮﱠ ﹾﻥ ﻣَﺎ ُﻳﺮَﻯ ِﻣﻤﱠﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻇﹶﺎﻫِﺮٌ‪.‬‬ ‫ﲔ ﺃﹸْﺗ ِﻘَﻨ ْ‬ ‫‪3‬ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ َﻧ ﹾﻔ َﻬﻢُ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟ ِﻤ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :2 ،1‬ﺃﻨﻬﻰ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻷﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﺒﺄﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺤﺘﻰ‬

‫ﻨﺤﺘﻤل ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻭﺍﻻﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﺒﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻘﻭل ﺃﻨﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻌﻁﻴﻨﺎ ﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻨﺭﺍﻩ ﺒﺄﻋﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻨﺘﺭﺠﺎﻩ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻌﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺘﻤﻴﺯ‬ ‫ﺒﻪ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺒﺎﷲ ﺨﺎﻟﻕ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ‬ ‫ع‪ :3‬ﻨﺤﻥ ﻨﺅﻤﻥ ﺃﻭ ﹰ‬

‫ﺘﻜﻭﻨﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺒﺄﻤﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻯ ﺸﺊ ﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩًﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﻰ ﻗﻠﺒًﺎ ﺠﺩﻴﺩًﺍ ﻴﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﻴﺴﻌﻰ‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺩ ﺨﻠﻕ ﻜل ﺸﺊ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺨﻠﻕ ﻓ ّ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﻭﺓ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺘﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺜﻕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺒﺠﺭﺃﺓ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻨﺤﻭﻩ ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻴﻨﻰ ﻤﻴ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻀﻌﻔﻰ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬إيمان ھابيل وأخنوخ ونوح )ع‪:(7-4‬‬ ‫ﷲ ﻟِﻘﹶﺮَﺍﺑﹺﻴﻨﹺﻪِ‪َ .‬ﻭﹺﺑﻪِ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻀ ﹶﻞ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﻗﹶﺎﹺﻳﲔَ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﹺﺒ ِﻪ ﺷُ ﹺﻬ َﺪ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ ﺑَﺎﺭﱞ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ َﺷ ﹺﻬ َﺪ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹰﺔ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َ‬ ‫‪4‬ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﹶﻗﺪﱠ َﻡ ﻫَﺎﺑﹺﻴﻞﹸ ِﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ ﹶﺫﹺﺑﻴ َ‬

‫ﷲ َﻧ ﹶﻘ ﹶﻠﻪُ ‪ -‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻗ ْﺒ ﹶﻞ‬ ‫ﺥ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻲ ﹶﻻ َﻳﺮَﻯ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮﺕَ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﻳُﻮ َﺟ ْﺪ َﻷﻥﱠ ﺍ َ‬ ‫َﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻣَﺎﺕَ‪َ ،‬ﻳَﺘ ﹶﻜﻠﱠ ْﻢ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ! ‪5‬ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﻧُ ِﻘ ﹶﻞ ﹶﺃ ْﺧﻨُﻮ ُ‬

‫ﺠﺐُ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ َﻳ ﹾﺄﺗِﻲ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫َﻧ ﹾﻘ ِﻠ ِﻪ ﺷُ ﹺﻬ َﺪ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﹺﺑﹶﺄﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﹶﺃ ْﺭﺿَﻰ ﺍﷲَ‪َ 6 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹺﺑﺪُﻭ ِﻥ ﹺﺇﳝَﺎ ٍﻥ ﹶﻻ ﻳُ ْﻤ ِﻜﻦُ ﹺﺇ ْﺭﺿَﺎ ُﺅﻩُ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ َﻳ ﹺ‬

‫‪80‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫الحا ِدى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح َ‬

‫ﷲ ﻳُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻦُ ﹺﺑﹶﺄﻧﱠﻪُ َﻣ ْﻮﺟُﻮﺩٌ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ ُﻳﺠَﺎﺯﹺﻱ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ﹾﻄﻠﹸﺒُﻮَﻧﻪُ‪7 .‬ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﻧُﻮﺡٌ ﹶﻟﻤﱠﺎ ﺃﹸﻭ ِﺣ َﻲ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ِﻪ َﻋ ْﻦ ﹸﺃﻣُﻮ ﹴﺭ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﺗُ َﺮ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ‬ ‫ﺍِ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎﻥِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺹ َﺑ ْﻴِﺘﻪِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﹺﺒ ِﻪ ﺩَﺍ ﹶﻥ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟﻢَ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺻَﺎ َﺭ ﻭَﺍﺭﹺﺛﹰﺎ ِﻟ ﹾﻠﹺﺒﺮﱢ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨﹶ‬ ‫ﺧَﺎﻑَ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺒَﻨَﻰ ﹸﻓﻠﹾﻜﹰﺎ ِﻟ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :4‬ﺘﻌﱠﻠﻡ ﻫﺎﺒﻴل ﻤﻥ ﺃﺒﻴﻪ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﻨﺎل ﺭﻀﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﺒﺢ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﹰﺎ ﻭﺃﻟﺒﺱ ﺃﺒﻭﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻠﺩﻩ ﻓﺎﺴﺘﺘﺭﺍ )ﺘﻙ‪ ،(21 :3‬ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﻴﻨﺎﻻ ﺭﻀﺎ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﺎﺒﻴل ﺘﺒﺭﺭ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻴﻴﻥ ﻓﻠﻡ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻗﺩﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻗﺘل ﻗﺎﻴﻴﻥ ﻟﻬﺎﺒﻴل ﻅل ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻪ ﻴﺸﻬﺩ ﻟﻪ )ﺘﻙ ‪.(4 :4‬‬ ‫ع‪ :5‬ﻋﺎﺵ ﺃﺨﻨﻭﺥ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺴﺎﺒﻊ ﺸﺨﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻜﺜـﺭﺓ ﺘﻘـﻭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﻌﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺤﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻤﺎﺯﺍل ﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻤﻌﺠﺯﻴﺔ ﻭﺴﻴﻨﺯل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻗﺒـل‬ ‫ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﻘﻠﻴل )ﺘﻙ‪ (24 ،22 :5‬ﻭﺸﻬﺩ ﻴﺸﻭﻉ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺴﻴﺭﺍﺥ ﺒﺈﺭﻀـﺎﺌﻪ ﷲ )ﺴـﻴﺭﺍﺥ‪(16 :44‬‬ ‫)ﺴﻔﺭ ﻴﺸﻭﻉ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺴﻴﺭﺍﺥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺤﺫﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻭﺘﺴﺘﺎﻨﺕ(‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :6‬ﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﻜﻼﻡ ﻴﺸﻭﻉ ﺒﻥ ﺴﻴﺭﺍﺥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎل ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻫـﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺴـﻴﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻨﺎل ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻨﻭﺡ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﻬﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺒﻁﻭﻓﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﻤﻥ ﺒﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺼﻨﻊ ﻓﻠ ﹰﻜﺎ ﺇﺴـﺘﻐﺭﻕ‬ ‫ﺒﻨﺎﺅﻩ ‪ 120‬ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﻭ ﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﻟﻴﺘﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻡ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﺍ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻙ ﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﺒﺭﺭ ﺒﺈﻴﻤﺎﻨﻪ ﻭﺼﺎﺭ ﻟﻪ ﻨﺼﻴﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ )ﺘﻙ ‪.(22 ،13 :6‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻴﻭﱢﻟﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻗﺒل ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺒﺩﺕ ﺼﻌﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﺜﻘﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﻭﻨﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺘﻠﺊ ﻗﻠﺒﻙ ﺴﻼﻤًﺎ ﻭﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺃﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﺴﻌﻴﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬إيمــان إبراھيــم )ع‪:(19-8‬‬ ‫ﺝ‬ ‫ﺨ َﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺝ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﻜﹶﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻋﺘِﻴﺪﹰﺍ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ﹾﺄﺧُ ﹶﺬﻩُ ِﻣﲑَﺍﺛﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫ﺨﺮُ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫‪8‬ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﹺﺇْﺑﺮَﺍﻫِﻴﻢُ ﹶﻟﻤﱠﺎ ﺩُ ِﻋ َﻲ ﹶﺃﻃﹶﺎ َ‬

‫ﻕ‬ ‫ﺽ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ِﻋ ِﺪ ﹶﻛﹶﺄﻧﱠﻬَﺎ ﹶﻏﺮﹺﻳَﺒﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﺳَﺎﻛِﻨﹰﺎ ﻓِﻲ ِﺧﻴَﺎ ﹴﻡ َﻣ َﻊ ﹺﺇ ْﺳﺤَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ِﻓﻲ ﹶﺃ ْﺭ ﹺ‬ ‫َﻭﻫُ َﻮ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ْﻌ ﹶﻠﻢُ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﺃْﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ﹾﺄﺗِﻲ‪9 .‬ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ َﺗ َﻐﺮﱠ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﹾﻟﻮَﺍ ﹺﺭﹶﺛ ْﻴ ﹺﻦ َﻣ َﻌﻪُ ِﻟ َﻬﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ِﻋ ِﺪ َﻋ ْﻴﹺﻨﻪِ‪َ 10 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻳﻨَْﺘ ِﻈﺮُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺪِﻳَﻨ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﹶﻟﻬَﺎ ﺍ َﻷﺳَﺎﺳَﺎﺕُ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﺻَﺎﻧﹺﻌُﻬَﺎ‬ ‫َﻭَﻳ ْﻌﻘﹸﻮ َ‬

‫‪81‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرانِيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﱢﻦﱢ َﻭﹶﻟ َﺪﺕْ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻗﹸ ْﺪ َﺭ ﹰﺓ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹺﺇْﻧﺸَﺎ ِﺀ ﻧَﺴْﻞﹴ‪َ ،‬ﻭَﺑ ْﻌ َﺪ َﻭ ﹾﻗ ِ‬ ‫َﻭﺑَﺎ ﹺﺭﹸﺋﻬَﺎ ﺍﷲُ‪11 .‬ﹺﺑﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﺳَﺎ َﺭﺓﹸ ﻧَﻔﹾﺴُﻬَﺎ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ﹶﺃ َﺧ ﹶﺬ ْ‬ ‫ﻚ ِﻣ ْﻦ ُﻣﻤَﺎﺕٍ‪ِ ،‬ﻣ ﹾﺜﻞﹸ ُﻧﺠُﻮ ﹺﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎ ِﺀ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻭُِﻟ َﺪ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﻭَﺍﺣِﺪٍ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ َﻭ َﻋ َﺪ ﺻَﺎﺩِﻗﺎﹰ‪ِ12 .‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴَﺒ ِ‬ ‫َﺣ ِ‬

‫ﺕ َﻫﺆُ ﹶﻻ ِﺀ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ َﻤﻌُﻮﻥﹶ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹺﺮ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﹶﻻ ُﻳ َﻌﺪﱡ‪13 .‬ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﻣَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹾﺜ َﺮ ِﺓ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻛﹶﺎﻟﺮﱠ ْﻣ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺷَﺎ ِﻃ ِﺊ ﺍﹾﻟَﺒ ْ‬

‫ﺻﺪﱠﻗﹸﻮﻫَﺎ ﻭَﺣَﻴﱡﻮﻫَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃ ﹶﻗﺮﱡﻭﺍ ﹺﺑﹶﺄﻧﱠﻬُ ْﻢ ﹸﻏ َﺮﺑَﺎ ُﺀ َﻭﻧُ َﺰ ﹶﻻﺀُ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺭﺽﹺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳَﻨَﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﻤَﻮَﺍﻋِﻴﺪَ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﺑﻌِﻴ ٍﺪ َﻧ ﹶﻈﺮُﻭﻫَﺎ َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ َﺧ َﺮﺟُﻮﺍ ِﻣ ْﻨﻪُ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ 14‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ِﻣ ﹾﺜ ﹶﻞ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ُﻳ ﹾﻈ ﹺﻬﺮُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃﻧﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻳ ﹾﻄ ﹸﻠﺒُﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻭﻃﹶﻨﺎﹰ‪ 15 .‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠ ْﻮ ﹶﺫ ﹶﻛﺮُﻭﺍ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬

‫ﷲ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﻻ ﻳَﺴْﺘَﺤِﻲ ﹺﺑ ﹺﻬ ﹺﻢ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﻱ َﺳﻤَﺎ ﹺﻭﻳّﺎﹰ‪ِ .‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻟﻜﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻓﹸﺮْﺻَﺔﹲ ﻟِﻠﺮﱡﺟُﻮﻉﹺ‪َ 16 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ﹺﻦ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ َﻳ ْﺒَﺘﻐُﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻭﻃﹶﻨﹰﺎ ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻀَﻞﹶ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﻕ َﻭﻫُ َﻮ ﻣُﺠَﺮﱠﺏٌ ‪ -‬ﹶﻗﺪﱠ َﻡ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﹶﻗﹺﺒ ﹶﻞ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ُﻳ ْﺪﻋَﻰ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ َﻬﻬُﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﺃ َﻋﺪﱠ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻣﺪِﻳَﻨﺔﹰ‪17 .‬ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﹶﻗﺪﱠ َﻡ ﹺﺇْﺑﺮَﺍﻫِﻴﻢُ ﹺﺇ ْﺳﺤَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻗﹶﺎﺩِﺭٌ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻧَﺴْﻞﹲ«‪19 .‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ َﺣ ِ‬ ‫ﻕ ﻳُ ْﺪ َﻋﻰ ﹶﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤَﻮَﺍﻋِﻴﺪَ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺣِﻴ َﺪﻩُ ‪18‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻗِﻴ ﹶﻞ ﹶﻟﻪُ‪» :‬ﹺﺇﻧﱠﻪُ ﹺﺑﹺﺈ ْﺳﺤَﺎ َ‬

‫ﺕ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﺃ َﺧ ﹶﺬﻩُ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ﻓِﻲ ِﻣﺜﹶﺎﻝﹴ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍ ِﻹﻗﹶﺎ َﻣ ِﺔ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻣﻮَﺍ ِ‬

‫ع‪ :8‬ﺃﻤﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺭﻙ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻭﻤﺩﻴﻨﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﺩﺍﻨﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺒـﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬـﺭﻴﻥ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻭﻴﺨﺭﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﻜﻨﻌﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺭﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻋ ًﺩﺍ ﺇ ﱠﻴﺎﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻴﺭﺍﺜﹰﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻟﻨﺴﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺂﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺒﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻁﺎﻋﻪ ﻭﺘﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻤﻨﺫ ﻁﻔﻭﻟﺘﻪ ﻭﺨﺭﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻭل ﻭﺍﺜﻘﹰـﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻀل ﻷﻨﻪ ﺃﻤﺭ ﺍﷲ )ﺘﻙ‪.(1 :12‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10 ،9‬ﺭﻏﻡ ﻭﻋﻭﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻹﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺒﻤﻴﺭﺍﺙ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻜﻨﻌﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴـﺔ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬ ‫ﺒل ﻋﺎﺵ ﻏﺭﻴﺒًﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺇﺴﺤﻕ ﻭﻴﻌﻘﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻜﻨﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻡ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻴـﺔ ﺩﻟـﻴ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻏﺭﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﻤﻠﻜـﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴـﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘـﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﺴﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺘﺩﻭﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﺁﻤﻨﺕ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﺒﻭﻋﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﺒل ﻭﺘﻠﺩ ﺭﻏﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﺭﻫﺎ ﻗﺩ ﺼﺎﺭ ﺘﺴـﻌﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻤًﺎ ﻭﻓﻘﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﺎﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ‪ :‬ﺇﺴﺤﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﻤﺎﺕ ‪ :‬ﺭﺤﻡ ﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺠﺯ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪82‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫الحا ِدى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح َ‬

‫ﻭﻫﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺭﺤﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻨﻁﻕ ﻤﻴﺘﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺒﻨﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺇﺴﺤﻕ ﻭﻤﻨﻪ ﺃﺘﻰ ﺸـﻌﺏ‬ ‫ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﻤﺜل ﻨﺠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺭﻤل ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﺁﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻭﻥ ﺒﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻐﺭﺒﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻋﻥ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﺄﺨﺫﻭﺍ ﺸﻴﺌًﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻘﺕ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﻓﻌﺒﺭﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺴﺭﻴﻌًﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻟﻴﺼﻠﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16-14‬ﹶﺘ ﹶﻐﺭﱡﺏ ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺀ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﻭﻁﻥ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺃﺭﻀﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫ‬ ‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻘﻭﺍ ﺒﺄﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻠﻨﻭﺍ ﺘﻌﻠﻘﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻯ‪ .‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻫـﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻋﻰ ﺇﻟﻬﻬﻡ )ﺨﺭ‪ (6 :3‬ﻭﺃﻋﺩ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴـﻤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﺃﻯ ﻤﻠﻜـﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻡ ﻴﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ُﻴﺩ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻟﻴﻤﺘﺤﻥ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻪ ﻭﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻅﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺘﻘـﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﺒﻨـﻪ‬ ‫ﺠ ﱠﺭ َ‬ ‫ع‪َ :19-17‬‬ ‫ﻭﺤﻴﺩﻩ ﺇﺴﺤﻕ ﻜﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻁﺎﻉ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻤﺅﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﻋﻭﺩﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴل ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤـﻥ‬ ‫ﺇﺴﺤﻕ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺒل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺫﺒﺢ ﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﺃﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻓـﺩﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺒﺵ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻅﻬﺭ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﺒﺢ ﺇﺴﺤﻕ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺜﺎ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻭﺭﻤ ًﺯﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺴﺤﻕ ﻋﺎﺩ ﺤﻴﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺩﺍﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺒﺵ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻭﻗﺎﻡ ﺤ ًﻴﺎ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺘﻌﻠﻘﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻴﺠﻌﻠﻙ ﺘﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﺒﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻜﺴﺏ ﺴﻼﻤﻙ ﻭﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﻴﻥ‬

‫ﺒﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﻨﺸﺎﻁﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (4‬إيمان اسحق ويعقوب ويوسف )ع‪:(22-20‬‬

‫‪83‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرانِيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ﺏ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ َﻣ ْﻮِﺗ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﺏ َﻭﻋِﻴﺴُﻮ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ﹸﺃﻣُﻮ ﹴﺭ َﻋﺘِﻴ َﺪﺓٍ‪21 .‬ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ َﻳ ْﻌﻘﹸﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺑَﺎ َﺭ َﻙ َﻳ ْﻌﻘﹸﻮ َ‬ ‫‪20‬ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﹺﺇ ْﺳﺤَﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺝ‬ ‫ﻒ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ َﻣ ْﻮِﺗ ِﻪ ﹶﺫ ﹶﻛ َﺮ ُﺧﺮُﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻋﺼَﺎﻩُ‪22 .‬ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﻳُﻮ ُﺳ ُ‬ ‫ﺠ َﺪ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ َﺭﹾﺃ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺑَﺎ َﺭ َﻙ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ ِﻣ ﹺﻦ ﺍْﺑَﻨ ْﻲ ﻳُﻮ ُﺳﻒَ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺳ َ‬ ‫ﺑَﻨﹺﻲ ﹺﺇ ْﺳﺮَﺍﺋِﻴ ﹶﻞ ﻭَﺃﹶﻭْﺻَﻰ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ِﻋﻈﹶﺎ ِﻣﻪِ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :20‬ﺁﻤﻥ ﺇﺴﺤﻕ ﺒﻭﻋﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻭﻻﺩﺓ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ ُﻴﺴ ﹶﺘﻌ َﺒﺩ ﻟﻠﺼﻐﻴﺭ )ﺘﻙ‪،(23 :25‬‬ ‫ﻓﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻴﻌﻘﻭﺏ ﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭ ﺭﻏﻡ ﻀﻌﻔﻪ ﻭﻜﺫﺒﻪ ﻭﻭﻋﺩﻩ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﺒًﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﺴـل ﺍﻟﻌﻅـﻴﻡ ﻷﻨـﻪ‬ ‫ﺴﻴﺘﻭﺏ ﻭﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻜﺱ ﻋﻴﺴﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻋﺎﺵ ﺒﻌﻴﺩًﺍ ﻋﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻡ ﻴﻌﻁﻪ ﻴﻌﻘﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻁﻠﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :21‬ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻴﻌﻘﻭﺏ ﺃﺒﻭ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﻁ ﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻤﻨﺴﻰ ﻭﺃﻓﺭﺍﻴﻡ ﺍﺒﻨﻰ ﻴﻭﺴﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻀـﻌًﺎ ﻴﺩﻴـﻪ‬ ‫ﻤﺘﻘﺎﻁﻌﺘﻴﻥ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜل ﺼﻠﻴﺏ( ﻟﻜﻰ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻴﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬ ‫ﺨﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻭﺴﻑ ﺤﺎﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻴﻀﻊ ﻴﺩﻯ ﺃﺒﻴﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﻅﺎﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺒﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻗﺩ ﺃﺨﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻊ )ﺘﻙ‪ ،(18 :48‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﻌﻘﻭﺏ ﻓﻌل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤـﺎﻥ ﺒـﺈﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻟــﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭ ﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﺸﻌﺒًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﻭﻀﻊ ﻴﺩﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜل ﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻟﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻴﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭ‬ ‫ﺃﻓﺭﺍﻴﻡ ﻭﻴﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺭ ﻤﻨﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﺴﺎﺠ ًﺩﺍ ﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻨﺤﻨﺎﺌﻪ ﻭﻜﺄﻨﻪ ﻴﺭﻯ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻫﺫﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺠﺩ ﺒﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﺘﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻗﻭﺓ ﻴﺴﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺸﻴﺦ ﻜﻬل ﻤﺴﺘﻨ ًﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻋﺼﺎﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :22‬ﺁﻤﻥ ﻴﻭﺴﻑ ﺒﻭﻋﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻹﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺴﻠﻪ ﺴﻴﺘﻐﺭﺏ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺜﻡ ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ‬ ‫ﻜﻨﻌﺎﻥ )ﺘﻙ‪ ،(14 :15‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﻓﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﺭﻜﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺼﺭ ﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺨﻭﺘﻪ ﻭﻨﺴﻠﻬﻡ ﺃﻨـﻪ ﻋﻨـﺩ‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺘﺤﺎﻟﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺼﺭ ﻴﺄﺨﺫﻭﻥ ﻋﻅﺎﻤﻪ ﻤﻌﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 400‬ﻋﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺁﻤﻥ ﺒﻭﻋﻭﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ ﻓﻼ ﺘﻨﺯﻋﺞ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺭﻭﺏ ﺇﺒﻠـﻴﺱ ﻭﻻ ﺘﻨﺸـﻐل‬

‫ﺒﻤﺒﺎﻫﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﻠﺔ ﺒل ﺘﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺨﻼﺹ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻜل ﺤﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (5‬إيمان موسى وراحاب )ع‪:(31-23‬‬

‫‪84‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫الحا ِدى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح َ‬

‫ﺸﻴَﺎ‬ ‫ﺨَ‬ ‫ﻼﹶﺛ ﹶﺔ ﹶﺃ ْﺷ ُﻬﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻬُﻤَﺎ َﺭﹶﺃﻳَﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﹺﺒﻲﱠ َﺟﻤِﻴﻼﹰ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫‪23‬ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﻣُﻮﺳَﻰ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ْﻌ َﺪﻣَﺎ ُﻭِﻟﺪَ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْﺧﻔﹶﺎ ُﻩ ﹶﺃَﺑﻮَﺍ ُﻩ ﹶﺛ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﺑﺎ َﻷ ْﺣﺮَﻯ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ُﻳ ﹶﺬﻝﱠ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ْﻣ َﺮ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ِﻠﻚِ‪24 .‬ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﻣُﻮﺳَﻰ ﹶﻟﻤﱠﺎ ﹶﻛﹺﺒ َﺮ ﹶﺃﺑَﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ُﻳ ْﺪﻋَﻰ ﺍْﺑ َﻦ ﺍْﺑَﻨ ِﺔ ﻓِﺮْﻋَﻮْﻥﹶ‪25 ،‬ﻣُ ﹶﻔﻀﱢ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺼﺮَ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺢ ِﻏﻨًﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ ﹶﻈ َﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﺧﺰَﺍِﺋ ﹺﻦ ِﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻟﻪُ َﺗ َﻤﺘﱡ ٌﻊ َﻭ ﹾﻗِﺘﻲﱞ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﺨَﻄِﻴﱠﺔِ‪26 ،‬ﺣَﺎﺳِﺒﹰﺎ ﻋَﺎ َﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺐﺍِ‬ ‫َﺷ ْﻌ ﹺ‬

‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﹾﻤَﻠِﻚِ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﺗَﺸَﺪﱠﺩَ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﹶﺄﻧﱠﻪُ‬ ‫ﻀ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻒ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﻏ َ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺮ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ ﺧَﺎِﺋ ٍ‬ ‫َﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻳ ْﻨﻈﹸﺮُ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻤُﺠَﺎﺯَﺍﺓِ‪27 .‬ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ َﺗ َﺮ َﻙ ِﻣ ْ‬

‫ﻚ ﺍ َﻷْﺑﻜﹶﺎﺭَ‪29 .‬ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻭ َﺭﺵﱠ ﺍﻟﺪﱠ َﻡ ِﻟﹶﺌﻼﱠ َﻳ َﻤﺴﱠﻬُﻢُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﹶﺃ ْﻫ ﹶﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺼَ‬ ‫ﺻَﻨ َﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻔ ْ‬ ‫َﻳﺮَﻯ َﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﻻ ُﻳﺮَﻯ‪28 .‬ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ﹺﺮﻳﱡﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻏ ﹺﺮﻗﹸﻮﺍ‪30 .‬ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ‬ ‫ﻉ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﺔِ‪ ،‬ﺍ َﻷ ْﻣﺮُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﹶﻟﻤﱠﺎ َﺷ َﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹺﺮ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺣ َﻤ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟﻴَﺎﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﺟﺘَﺎﺯُﻭﺍ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟَﺒ ْ‬

‫ﺖ ﹶﺃ ْﺳﻮَﺍ ُﺭ ﹶﺃ ﹺﺭﳛَﺎ َﺑ ْﻌ َﺪﻣَﺎ ﻃِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻣ َﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻌﺼَﺎﺓِ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ‬ ‫ﻒ َﺣ ْﻮﹶﻟﻬَﺎ َﺳ ْﺒ َﻌ ﹶﺔ ﹶﺃﻳﱠﺎﻡﹴ‪31 .‬ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﺭَﺍﺣَﺎﺏُ ﺍﻟﺰﱠﺍﻧﹺﻴَﺔﹸ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﺗ ْﻬ ِﻠ ْ‬ ‫َﺳ ﹶﻘ ﹶﻄ ْ‬ ‫ﻼﻡﹴ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﹶ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟﺠَﺎﺳُﻮ َﺳ ْﻴ ﹺﻦ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻗﹺﺒ ﹶﻠ ِ‬ ‫ع‪ :23‬ﺭﻏﻡ ﺃﻤﺭ ﻓﺭﻋﻭﻥ ﺒﺈﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎل ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻭﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺭ )ﺨـﺭ‪ ،(22 :1‬ﺁﻤـﻥ ﻭﺍﻟـﺩﺍ‬ ‫ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺒﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﻔﻅﻬﻤﺎ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺒﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﺄﺨﻔﻴﺎﻩ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﺃﺸﻬﺭ ﻀﺩ ﺃﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼـﻴﺭ ﻤﻠﻜﹰـﺎ‬ ‫ع‪ :25 ،24‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺍﺒﻨﺔ ﻓﺭﻋﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻭﻟ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗل ﻤﻥ ﻋﻅﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺇﺫ ﺁﻤﻥ ﺒﺎﷲ ﺘﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺭ ﻭﻨـﺯل ﻟﻴﺸـﺎﺭﻙ‬ ‫ﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺫل ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺤﺭﺭﻫﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻟﻤًﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺯﺍﺌﻠـﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺘﺩﻭﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :26‬ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺒﻬﺎﺭ ﺒﻠﻘﺏ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺍﺒﻨﺔ ﻓﺭﻋﻭﻥ ﻭﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻴـﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺫل ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺜﺎل ﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻷﺠﻠﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺭﺵ ﻤﺠﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺭﺁﻩ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻏﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻴﻀﺎﻫﻴﻪ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺨﺯﺍﺌﻥ ﻤﺼﺭ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻐﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﺒل ﻴﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﺍﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻬﻰ ﺃﺒﻘﻰ ﻭﺃﻓﻀل‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :27‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻀﺭﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻀﺭﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭ ﺨﻀﻊ ﻓﺭﻋﻭﻥ ﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﻟـﺭﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺭﻙ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﺨﻑ ﻤﻥ ﻓﺭﻋﻭﻥ ﺒل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺱ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﺭﻋﻭﻥ ﺨﺎﺌﻔﹰـﺎ ﻤﻨـﻪ ﻷﻥ‬

‫‪85‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرانِيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺭﻯ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻻ ﻴﺭﺍﻩ ﻓﺭﻋﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻁﺎﻉ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺸﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﺍﻷﺤﻤـﺭ ﻭﻴﻌﺒـﺭﻩ ﺃﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﺭﻋﻭﻥ ﻓﻐﺭﻕ ﻫﻭ ﻭﻜل ﺠﻴﺸﻪ )ﺨﺭ‪.(14‬‬ ‫ع‪ :28‬ﺁﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺒﻭﻋـﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﻔﻅﻬـﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻠﻙ ﻷﺒﻜﺎﺭ ﻤﺼﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼـﻨﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ ﻭﺭﺵ ﻗـﻭﺍﺌـﻡ ﺍﻷﺒـﻭﺍﺏ ﺒﺩﻡ ﺨﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﺎل ﺍﷲ ﻟﻜـﻰ ﻻ ﻴـﺅﺫﻴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤـﻼﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻠﻙ )ﺨﺭ‪.(21 :12‬‬ ‫ع‪ :29‬ﺁﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﺴىﻭﺒﻨﻭ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺒﺄﻤﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻀﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻨﺸـﻕ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬ ‫ﻨﺼﻔﻴﻥ ﻭﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻜﺤﺎﺌﻁ ﻴﻤﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﻭﻴﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﺒﺈﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻗﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺤـﺭ ﺍﻟـﺫﻯ‬ ‫ﺼﺎﺭ ﺠﺎﻓﹰﺎ ﻭﻭﺼﻠﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻁﺊ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻗﺴﺎﻭﺓ ﻗﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﻴﻥ ﺠﻌﻠﺘﻬﻡ ﻴﺘﺎﺒﻌﻭﻨﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﺼﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻜﻠﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﻀﺭﺏ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻌﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺼﻠﻪ ﻭﻏﺭﻕ ﻜـل ﺠـﻴﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺼـﺭﻴﻴﻥ‬ ‫)ﺨﺭ‪.(22 :14‬‬ ‫ع‪ :30‬ﺃﺭﻴﺤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻭﺍﺠﻬﺕ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺒﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻴﺸﻭﻉ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﺒﻭﺭﻫﻡ ﻨﻬﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺴﻘﻁﺕ ﺃﺴﻭﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﺈﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻭﻩ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻁﺎﻓﻭﺍ ﺤﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺴﺒﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻤﺭﻫﻡ ﺍﷲ )ﻴﺵ‪.(20-12 :6‬‬ ‫ع‪ :31‬ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﺭﻴﺤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺯﻨﻰ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻬﻠﻙ ﻤـﻊ ﻏﻴـﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺁﻤﻨﺕ ﺒﺎﷲ ﻭﺩﻟﱠﻠﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻗﺒﻠﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺴﻭﺴﻴﻥ ﻭﻟﻡ ﺘﺨﺒـﺭ ﻤﻠـﻙ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﻴﺤﺎ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺒل ﻀﻠﱠﻠﺕ ﻋﺴﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻴﺒﺤﺜﻭﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ )ﻴﺵ‪.(1 :2‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻴﺠﻌﻠﻙ ﻻ ﺘﺨﺸﻰ ﺘﻬﺩﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺼﺎﺩﻓﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺜﻕ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻟﻬـﻙ‬

‫ﻴﺤﺎﺭﺏ ﻋﻨﻙ ﻭﻴﺤﻤﻴﻙ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺌﻴﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻙ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (6‬إيمان القضاة واالنبياء )ع‪:(40-32‬‬

‫‪86‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫الحا ِدى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح َ‬

‫ﺕ َﻋ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ ْﺪﻋُﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺑَﺎﺭَﺍﻕَ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺷ ْﻤﺸُﻮﻥﹶ‪َ ،‬ﻭَﻳ ﹾﻔﺘَﺎﺡَ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃ ْﺧَﺒ ْﺮ ُ‬ ‫‪َ 32‬ﻭﻣَﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﹶﺃﻗﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﺎﹰ؟ َﻷﻧﱠ ُﻪ ُﻳ ْﻌ ﹺﻮ ُﺯﻧﹺﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ﹾﻗ ُ‬ ‫ﺻَﻨﻌُﻮﺍ ﺑﹺﺮّﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻧَﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ َﻣﻮَﺍﻋِﻴﺪَ‪َ ،‬ﺳﺪﱡﻭﺍ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓﻮَﺍ َﻩ‬ ‫َﻭﺩَﺍ ُﻭﺩَ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺻَﻤُﻮﺋِﻴﻞﹶ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍ َﻷْﻧﹺﺒﻴَﺎﺀِ‪33 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﹶﻗ َﻬﺮُﻭﺍ َﻣﻤَﺎِﻟﻚَ‪َ ،‬‬ ‫ﺤ ْﺮﺏﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻫ َﺰﻣُﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺠﻮْﺍ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﺣﺪﱢ ﺍﻟﺴﱠ ْﻴﻒِ‪ ،‬ﺗَﻘﹶّﻮُﻭﺍ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺿُﻌْﻒٍ‪ ،‬ﺻَﺎﺭُﻭﺍ ﹶﺃ ِﺷﺪﱠﺍ َﺀ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﹸﺃﺳُﻮﺩٍ‪34 ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻃ ﹶﻔﺄﹸﻭﺍ ﻗﹸﻮﱠ ﹶﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻧ َ‬ ‫ُﺟﻴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻧﹺﺴَﺎﺀٌ ﹶﺃ ْﻣﻮَﺍَﺗ ُﻬﻦﱠ ﹺﺑ ِﻘﻴَﺎ َﻣﺔٍ‪ .‬ﻭَﺁ َﺧﺮُﻭ ﹶﻥ ُﻋﺬﱢﺑُﻮﺍ َﻭﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ﹾﻘَﺒﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺠَﺎ ﹶﺓ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻲ ﻳَﻨَﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ ِﻗَﻴﺎﻣَـ ﹰﺔ‬ ‫ﺵ ﻏﹸ َﺮﺑَﺎﺀَ‪35 ،‬ﹶﺃ َﺧ ﹶﺬ ْ‬ ‫ﺸﺮُﻭﺍ‪ُ ،‬ﺟﺮﱢﺑُـﻮﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺠﺮﱠﺑُﻮﺍ ﻓِﻲ ﻫُﺰُ ٍﺀ ﻭَﺟَﻠﹾﺪٍ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛﻢﱠ ﻓِﻲ ﹸﻗﻴُﻮ ٍﺩ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ َﻭ َﺣ ْﺒﺲﹴ‪ُ 37 .‬ﺭ ﹺﺟﻤُﻮﺍ‪ُ ،‬ﻧ ِ‬ ‫ﻀﻞﹶ‪36 .‬ﻭَﺁ َﺧﺮُﻭ ﹶﻥ َﺗ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ُﻣ ﹶﺬﻟﱢﲔَ‪َ 38 ،‬ﻭ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳﻜﹸـ ﹺﻦ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺴﱠ ْﻴﻒِ‪ ،‬ﻃﹶﺎﻓﹸﻮﺍ ﻓِﻲ ُﺟﻠﹸﻮ ِﺩ ﹶﻏَﻨ ﹴﻢ َﻭ ُﺟﻠﹸﻮ ِﺩ ِﻣ ْﻌﺰَﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣُ ْﻌﺘَﺎﺯﹺﻳ َﻦ َﻣ ﹾﻜﺮُﻭﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﻣَﺎﺗُﻮﺍ ﹶﻗ ْﺘ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺸﻬُﻮﺩﹰﺍ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻓِﻲ ﺑَﺮَﺍﺭﹺﻱﱠ َﻭ ﹺﺟﺒَﺎ ﹴﻝ َﻭ َﻣﻐَﺎﹺﻳ َﺮ َﻭ ُﺷﻘﹸﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤﻘﹼﹰﺎ ﹶﻟ ُﻬﻢْ‪ .‬ﺗَﺎِﺋ ﹺﻬ َ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟﻢُ ﻣُﺴَْﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺭﺽﹺ‪ 39 .‬ﹶﻓ َﻬﺆُ ﹶﻻ ِﺀ ﻛﹸ ﱡﻠﻬُﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻀﻞﹶ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻲ ﹶﻻ ﻳُ ﹾﻜ َﻤﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺑﹺﺪُﻭﻧﹺﻨَﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﷲ ﹶﻓَﻨ ﹶﻈ َﺮ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ َﺷﻴْﺌﹰﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎﻥِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳﻨَﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ِﻋﺪَ‪40 ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ َﺳَﺒ َﻖ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ع‪ :32‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ ﻓـﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬـﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻻ ﻴﻜﻔﻰ ﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﻤﺜﻠﺘﻬﻡ ﺠﺩﻋﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻰ ﺍﻟـﺫﻯ ﺃﻨﻘـﺫ ﺸـﻌﺏ‬ ‫ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﺎﻨﻴﻴﻥ )ﻗﺽ ‪ ،(11 :6‬ﻭﺒـﺎﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟـﺫﻯ ﺨﻠـﺹ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻤـﻥ ﺴﻴﺴـﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺠﻴﺵ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻌﺎﻨﻴﻴﻥ )ﻗﺽ‪ ،(6 :4‬ﻭﺸﻤﺸﻭﻥ ﻫﺎﺯﻡ ﺠﻴﻭﺵ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺴـﻁﻴﻨﻴﻴﻥ )ﻗـﺽ‪،(24 :13‬‬ ‫ﻭﻴﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻨﻘﺫ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻤﻥ ﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻤﻭﻥ )ﻗﺽ‪ ،(1 :11‬ﻭﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭ ﻤﺭﻨﻡ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل‬ ‫)‪1‬ﺼﻡ‪ ،(13 :16‬ﻭﺼﻤﻭﺌﻴل ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻭﻗﻑ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺸﻌﺏ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻜﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺭﻏﺒﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻠـﻙ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﻀﻰ ﻭﻋﺎﺭﻀﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻨﺎﻅﺭًﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻭﻙ ﻭﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺒﺎﺏ )‪1‬ﺼﻡ‪ (6 :8‬ﻭﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﺍﻷﻨﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺒﻌﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺘﻨﺒﺄﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻤﻭﺭ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺄ ِ‬ ‫ع‪ :33‬ﻴﻨﺘﻘل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺫﻜﺭ ﺃﻤﺜﺎل ﺃﺒﻁﺎل ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﺫﻜﺭ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻗﻬﺭﻭﺍ ﻤﻤﺎﻟﻙ ‪ :‬ﻤﺜل ﺸﻤﺸﻭﻥ )ﻗﺽ ‪.(15 :15‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺼﻨﻌﻭﺍ ﺒ ًﺭﺍ ‪ :‬ﻋﺎﺸﻭﺍ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ ﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺩﻭﺍ ﺒﻪ ﻤﺜل ﺠﺩﻋﻭﻥ )ﻗﺽ‪.(11 :8‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﻨﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﻤﻭﺍﻋﻴﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﺴﺘﻁﺎﻋﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻨﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﻤﺎ ُﻭ ِ‬ ‫‪ -4‬ﺴﺩﻭﺍ ﺃﻓﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺴﻭﺩ ‪ :‬ﻤﺜل ﺩﺍﻨﻴﺎل )ﺩﺍ ‪.(22 : 6‬‬

‫ع‪:34‬‬

‫‪87‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرانِيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫‪ -5‬ﺃﻁﻔﺄﻭﺍ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪ :‬ﻓﻠﻡ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﺭﻗﻬﻡ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺔ )ﺩﺍ ‪.(3‬‬ ‫‪ -6‬ﻨﺠﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻑ ‪ :‬ﻤﺜل ﺃﺴﺘﻴﺭ ﻭﻤﺭﺩﺨﺎﻯ )ﺃﺱ ‪.(8‬‬ ‫‪ -7‬ﺘﻘﻭﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻀـﻌﻑ ‪ :‬ﺘﻘﻭﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻤﺘﺤﺭﺭﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻀﻌﻔﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻯ ﻤﺜل ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴـﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻨﺘﺼﺭﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻴﻭﺵ ﺍﻷﺸﻭﺭﻴﻴﻥ )ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺕ‪.(15 ،14‬‬ ‫‪ -8‬ﺃﺸـﺩﺍﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤـﺭﺏ ‪ :‬ﺼـﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺭﺠـﺎل ﺒـﺄﺱ ﻭﻗﻭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺤﺭﺒﻬﻡ ﻤﺜل ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻭﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﻬﻡ‬ ‫)‪2‬ﺼﻡ ‪.(20 :5‬‬ ‫‪ -9‬ﻫﺯﻤﻭﺍ ﺠﻴﻭﺵ ﻏﺭﺒﺎﺀ ‪ :‬ﻤﺜل ﻴﻬﻭﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺒﻰ ﻭﺇﺨﻭﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻫﺯﻤﻭﺍ ﺍﻹﻤﺒﺭﺍﻁﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫)ﺴﻔﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺒﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻭل(‪.‬‬

‫ع‪:35‬‬ ‫‪ -10‬ﺃﺨﺫﺕ ﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺃﻤﻭﺍﺘﻬﻥ ﺒﻘﻴﺎﻤﺔ ‪ :‬ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻁﺎﻋﺕ ﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻘﻴﺎﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺎﺘﻭﺍ ﻟﻬﻥ ﻤﺜل‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺃﺭﻤﻠﺔ ﺼﺭﻓﺔ ﺼﻴﺩﺍ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻗﺎﻤﻪ ﺇﻴﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻰ )‪1‬ﻤل‪.(22 :17‬‬ ‫‪ -11‬ﺁﺨﺭﻭﻥ ﻋﺫﺒﻭﺍ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻘﺒﻠﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺓ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﻨﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﺔ ﺃﻓﻀل ‪ :‬ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﺃﻴـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺒﻴﻴﻥ ﻭﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺇﺨﻭﺓ ﻭﺃﻤﻬﻡ )ﻤﻜﺎﺒﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‪.(7 :‬‬

‫ع‪:36‬‬ ‫‪ -12‬ﺁﺨﺭﻭﻥ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺯﺀ ‪ :‬ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻀﻠﻴﻥ ﻤﻊ ﻴﻬﻭﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺒﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺩ ﻤﻭﺘﻪ ﻗـﺒﺽ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻬﺯﺃﻭﺍ ﺒﻬﻡ )ﻤﻜﺎﺒﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻭل ‪.(26 :9‬‬ ‫‪ -13‬ﻭﺠﻠﺩ ‪ :‬ﻤﺜل ﺍﻹﺨﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺒﻴﻴﻥ )ﻤﻜﺎﺒﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ ‪.(1 : 7‬‬ ‫‪ -14‬ﻓﻰ ﻗﻴﻭﺩ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﻭﺤﺒﺱ ‪ :‬ﻤﺜل ﻴﻭﺴﻑ )ﺘﻙ ‪ ، (20 :39‬ﻭﺃﺭﻤﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻰ )ﺃﺭ‪.(15 :37‬‬ ‫ع‪ :37‬ﺭﺠﻤﻭﺍ ‪ :‬ﻤﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻙ ﻴﻭﺁﺵ ﺒﺭﺠﻡ ﺯﻜﺭﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﺍﺒﻥ ﻴﻬﻭﻴﺎﺩﺍﻉ ﻷﻨـﻪ ﻭﺒـﺦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﻟﻴﺭﺠﻌﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ )‪ 2‬ﺃﻯ ‪ ،(21 : 24‬ﻭﻨﺎﺒﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﺫﺭﻋﻴﻠﻰ ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ﺁﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻙ‬ ‫)‪1‬ﻤل‪.(13 :21‬‬ ‫ﻨﺸﺭﻭﺍ ‪ :‬ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻨﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻙ ﻗﺩ ﺃﻤﺭ ﺒﻨﺸﺭ ﺇﺸﻌﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠﺭﺒﻭﺍ ‪ :‬ﻤﺜل ﺍﻤﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺇﺴﺤﻕ ﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ )ﺘﻙ‪.(22‬‬

‫‪88‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫الحا ِدى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح َ‬

‫ﻤﺎﺘﻭﺍ ﻗﺘﻼ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻴﻑ ‪ :‬ﻤﺜل ﺃﺨﻴﻤﺎﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ ﺸﺎﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻙ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺃﻁﻌﻡ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻭﺃﻋﻁﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺴﻴﻑ ﺠﻠﻴﺎﻁ ﻭﺭﻤﺤﻪ )‪1‬ﺼﻡ‪.(16 :22‬‬ ‫ﻁﺎﻓﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺠﻠﻭﺩ ﻏﻨﻡ ﻭﺠﻠﻭﺩ ﻤﻌﺯﻯ ﻤﻌﺘﺎﺯﻴﻥ ﻤﻜﺭﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺫﻟﻴﻥ ﻤﺜل ﺇﻴﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻋـﺎﺵ‬ ‫ﻤﺘﺠﺭﺩًﺍ )‪2‬ﻤل‪ (8 :1‬ﻭﻤﺜل ﻤﻴﺨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻁﻌﻤﻪ ﺁﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻙ ﺨﺒﺯ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻟﻡ‬ ‫ﻴﻜﻥ ﻴﺠﺩ ﻁﻌﺎﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻯ )‪1‬ﻤل‪.(27 :22‬‬ ‫ع‪ :38‬ﻫﻡ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻤﺴﺘﺤﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻬﻡ ‪ :‬ﺇﺤﺘﻤل ﺃﺒﻁﺎل ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﺒﻕ ﺫﻜـﺭﻫﻡ ﺁﻻﻤًـﺎ‬ ‫ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺩﻴﺴﻭﻥ ﺃﺴﻤﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﻴﺴﺘﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩﻫﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺘﺎﺌﻬﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺒﺭﺍﺭﻯ ﻭﺠﺒﺎل ﻭﻤﻐﺎﻴﺭ ﻭﺸﻘﻭﻕ ﺃﺭﺽ ‪ :‬ﻋﺎﺵ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎل‬ ‫ﻤﺒﺘﻌﺩﻴﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻭﺒﺨﻭﻩ ﻤﺜل ﺇﻴﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻰ)‪1‬ﻤل‪ (9 :19‬ﻭﻴﻭﺤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺩﺍﻥ )ﻟﻭ‪.(80 :1‬‬ ‫ع‪ :40 ،39‬ﺃﺒﻁﺎل ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺠﻤﻴﻌًﺎ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺸﻬﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻹﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻨﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻋﻴـﺩ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺱ ﺇﺤﺘﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﻨﺘﻅﺭﻫﻡ ﻭﻴﻨﺘﻅﺭﻨﺎ ﻜﻠﻨـﺎ ﻋﻨـﺩﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻨﻜﻤل ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻨﺎ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺃﺒﺩﻯ ﻨﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻤ ًﻌﺎ ﺒﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻻ ُﻴﻌ ﱠﺒﺭ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻡ ﻴﻨﺘﻅﺭﻭﻥ ﻓـﻰ ﻓـﺭﺩﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﻨﺘﻅﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺒﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺩﺨل ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺘﺄﻟﻕ ﺃﺒﻁﺎل ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻫﻡ ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻬﻡ ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻷﺠـل ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻴﺘﻨـﺎ ﻻ‬

‫ﻨﺘﻜﺎﺴل ﻓﻰ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﺼﻭﺍﻤﻨﺎ ﻭﻜل ﻋﻤل ﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻨﺭﻓﺽ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﻜل ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨـﺕ‬

‫ﻟﺫﻴﺫﺓ ﻭﻤﻐﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺜﻘﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻴﻘﺎﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻤﺠﺎﺩ ﺴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪89‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫اح الثﱠانِى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻨﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬الجھاد الروحى )ع‪:(4-1‬‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ﹶﺔ‬ ‫ﺡ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ِﺛ ﹾﻘ ﹴﻞ َﻭﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ ﺳَﺤَﺎﺑَﺔﹲ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﱡﻬُﻮ ِﺩ ِﻣ ﹾﻘﺪَﺍ ُﺭ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﻣُﺤِﻴﻄﹶﺔﹲ ﹺﺑﻨَﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﻟَﻨ ﹾﻄ َﺮ ْ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫‪ِ1‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ‬ ‫ﻉ ﹶﺃﻣَﺎ َﻣﻨَﺎ‪2 ،‬ﻧَﺎ ِﻇﺮﹺﻳ َﻦ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺭﺋِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺠﻬَﺎ ِﺩ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮﺿُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺿ ْﺮ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺼﱠ ْﺒ ﹺﺮ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤﺤِﻴ ﹶﻄ ﹶﺔ ﹺﺑﻨَﺎ ﹺﺑﺴُﻬُﻮﹶﻟﺔٍ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹾﻟُﻨﺤَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺠ ﹶﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﺰﻱﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘﻬﹺﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ ُﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻉ ﹶﺃﻣَﺎ َﻣﻪُ ﺍ ْﺣَﺘ َﻤ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻠِﻴ َ‬ ‫َﻭﻣُ ﹶﻜﻤﱢ ِﻠ ِﻪ َﻳﺴُﻮﻉَ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﱡﺮُﻭ ﹺﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮﺿُﻮ ﹺ‬

‫ﺴ ِﻪ ِﻣ ﹾﺜ ﹶﻞ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ِﻟﹶﺌﻼﱠ َﺗ ِﻜﻠﱡﻮﺍ ﻭَﺗَﺨُﻮﺭُﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﲔ َﻋ ْﺮ ﹺ‬ ‫َﻳ ِﻤ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨﻄﹶﺎ ِﺓ ُﻣﻘﹶﺎ َﻭ َﻣ ﹰﺔ ِﻟَﻨ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺵ ﺍﷲِ‪ 3 .‬ﹶﻓَﺘ ﹶﻔﻜﱠﺮُﻭﺍ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﺍ ْﺣَﺘ َﻤ ﹶﻞ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ُ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔِ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺿﺪﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ ُﻧﻔﹸﻮ ِﺳ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪4 .‬ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﺗُﻘﹶﺎﻭﹺﻣُﻮﺍ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﱠ ﹺﻡ ﻣُﺠَﺎﻫِﺪِﻳﻦَ ِ‬

‫ع‪ :1‬ﺴﺤﺎﺒﺔ ‪ :‬ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺃﺒﻁﺎل ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺼﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴـﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻌﺒـﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﺴﺤﺎﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﻟﻜﺜﺭﺘﻬﻡ ﻤﺜل ﻨﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻤﻌﺔ ﻤﻌًﺎ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺩ ‪ :‬ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ ﺘﺸﻬﺩ ﻟﻺﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﺤﻴﻁﺔ ﺒﻨﺎ ‪ :‬ﺴﻴﺭ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺘﺤﺎﺼﺭﻨﺎ ﻭﺘﺩﻋﻭﻨﺎ ﻟﻺﻗﺘﺩﺍﺀ ﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﺸﻔﻌﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻨﺤﺎﻀﺭ ‪ :‬ﻨﺠﺭﻯ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺒﻘﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺴﺒﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻯ ﺃﻯ ﻨﺴﺭﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺫﺍ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺨﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺭﺍﻨﻴﻭﻥ ﻓﻨﺤﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺇﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻭﻗﻭﺓ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺩﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻜﺴـﺤﺎﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻅﻴﻤﺔ ﺘﺤﻴﻁ ﺒﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻨﺤﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺨﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺼـﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﻫـﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟـﺫﻴﻥ ﺴـﺒﻘﻭﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺸﻬﺩﻭﻥ ﺒﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺤﻥ ﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻨﺄﺨﺫ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻭﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻴﺎ ﻨﻁﺭﺡ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺠﺎﻨ ًﺒﺎ ﻜل ﺜﻘل ﺍﻟﺨﻭﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﻕ ﻷﻨﻨﺎ ﺭﺃﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ ﺜﻘل ﺍﻹﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻁﺭﺤﻪ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻤﺜل ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺒﺔ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﺘﻌﻁﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻁﺭﺡ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎ ﺠﺎﻨ ًﺒﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺒﺈﻏﺭﺍﺀﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻁﺭﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻜﺘﻨﻔﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﺴﻬل ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻠﻡ ﺒﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻨﺴﺭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﺒﺭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪90‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫اح الثﱠا ِنى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :2‬ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻤﻜﻤﻠﻪ ‪ :‬ﺇﻟﻬﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻜﻤل ﺨﻼﺼﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ‪ :‬ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﺍﺴﻤﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺠﺎﻫﺩ ﻤﺜﻠﻨﺎ ﻭﺼﺒﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜـل‬ ‫ﺍﻵﻻﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﻋﺭﺵ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻘـﻭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠـﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻌـﺭﺵ‬ ‫ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﺎ ﻴﺸﺠﻌﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﺍﻹﻗﺘﺩﺍﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻪ ﻫﺩﻑ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺨﻼﺼﻨﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺤﺘﻤل ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻋﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺯﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ َﺃ ﹶﺘ ﱠﻡ ﺨﻼﺼﻨﺎ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤـﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺼـﻌﺩ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺼﺎﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﺇﻜﻠﻴل ﻟﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﻜﻤل ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :3‬ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻤل ﻓﻰ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺤـﺎﻭﻟﻭﺍ ﻜﺜﻴـﺭًﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﺼﻁﻴﺎﺩ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﺎﻭﻟﻭﺍ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺼﻠﺒﻭﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻭ ﻴﺤـﺘﻤﻠﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻌﱢﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻜﻴﻑ ﻨﺤﺘﻤل ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺍﺤﺘﻤل ﻋﺫﺍﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻜﻤل ﺨﻼﺼﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﻨﻔﻜﺭ ﺩﺍﺌﻤًﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻷﺠﻠﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻨﺘﻌﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺁﻻﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻨﻀﻌﻑ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺒل ﻨﺜـﺎﺒﺭ‬ ‫ﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﻨﺎل ﺍﻷﻜﺎﻟﻴل ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻫﺘﻡ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻷﻨﺎﺠﻴل ﻭﺴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ ﻟﺘﺘﺸﺠﻊ ﺒﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻠﺔ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻴﺭﺴل ﻟﻙ ﺍﷲ ﺘﻌﺯﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﺴﻨﺩﻙ ﻓﻼ ﺘﻨﺯﻋﺞ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺜﺭﺕ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻙ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻀﻴﻘﺎﺘﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :4‬ﻴﺸﺠﻌﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﺒﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴـﺔ ﺤﺘـﻰ ﺍﻟﻤـﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓـﻼ‬ ‫ﻴﺴﺘﺴﻠﻤﻭﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻁﺎل ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺜﻘﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘـﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻬـﺯﻡ ﺤـﺭﻭﺏ‬ ‫ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬التأديب )ع‪:(11-5‬‬

‫‪91‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ﺨ ْﺮ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺤَﺘ ِﻘ ْﺮ ﺗَﺄﹾﺩِﻳﺐَ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺗ ُ‬ ‫ﻆ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ُﻳﺨَﺎ ِﻃﺒُﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﹶﻛَﺒﹺﻨﲔَ‪» :‬ﻳَﺎ ﺍْﺑﻨﹺﻲ ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫‪َ 5‬ﻭ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﻧﺴِﻴُﺘ ُﻢ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ْﻋ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺐ ُﻳﻌَﺎ ِﻣﻠﹸﻜﹸﻢُ‬ ‫ﺤَﺘ ِﻤﻠﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ﹾﺄﺩِﻳ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱡﻪُ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱡ ُﻳ َﺆﺩﱢُﺑﻪُ‪َ ،‬ﻭَﻳﺠْ ِﻠﺪُ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﺍْﺑ ﹴﻦ َﻳ ﹾﻘَﺒﻠﹸﻪُ«‪7 .‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹸﻛ ْﻨُﺘ ْﻢ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺨﻚَ‪َ 6 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻳُ ِ‬ ‫َﻭﺑﱠ َ‬

‫ﺠﻤِﻴ ُﻊ ُﺷ َﺮﻛﹶﺎ َﺀ ﻓِﻴﻪِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﹶﺄْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻼ َﺗ ﹾﺄﺩِﻳﺐﹴ‪ ،‬ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻛﹶﺎﹾﻟَﺒﹺﻨﲔَ‪ .‬ﹶﻓﹶﺄﻱﱡ ﺍْﺑ ﹴﻦ ﹶﻻ ﻳُ َﺆﺩﱢﺑُﻪُ ﹶﺃﺑُﻮﻩُ؟ ‪َ 8‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹸﻛ ْﻨُﺘ ْﻢ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍُ‬

‫ﻀﻊُ ﺑﹺﺎ َﻷ ْﻭﻟﹶﻰ ﹺﺟﺪّﹰﺍ َﻷﺑﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﺨ َ‬ ‫ﻼ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﻧُﻐُﻮﻝﹲ ﹶﻻ َﺑﻨُﻮﻥﹶ‪9 .‬ﹸﺛﻢﱠ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ ﺁﺑَﺎ ُﺀ ﹶﺃ ْﺟﺴَﺎ ِﺩﻧَﺎ ُﻣ َﺆﺩﱢﹺﺑﲔَ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻛﻨﱠﺎ َﻧﻬَﺎُﺑ ُﻬﻢْ‪ .‬ﹶﺃ ﹶﻓ ﹶ‬

‫ﻸ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻨ ﹶﻔ َﻌﺔِ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻲ‬ ‫ﺤﺴَﺎﹺﻧ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍ ْﺳِﺘ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺃﹶﺩﱠﺑُﻮﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃﻳﱠﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﹶﻗﻠِﻴ ﹶﻠ ﹰﺔ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎ؟ ‪َ 10‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺃﹸﻭﹶﻟِﺌ َ‬ ‫ﺍ َﻷ ْﺭﻭَﺍﺡﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓَﻨ ْ‬

‫ﺤ َﺰﻥِ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﹶﺃﺧِﲑﹰﺍ ﹶﻓُﻴ ْﻌﻄِﻲ‬ ‫ﺡ َﺑ ﹾﻞ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺿ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻻ ُﻳﺮَﻯ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ ﹶﻔ َﺮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺸَﺘ ﹺﺮ َﻙ ﻓِﻲ ﹶﻗﺪَﺍ َﺳِﺘﻪِ‪َ 11 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﺗَﺄﹾﺩِﻳﺐﹴ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟﺤَﺎ ِ‬ ‫َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﻼﻡﹺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ َﻳَﺘ َﺪﺭﱠﺑُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ﹶﺛ َﻤ َﺮ ﹺﺑﺮﱟ ﻟِﻠﺴﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ع‪ :6 ،5‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﺍﺸﻔﻘﺘﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻭﺍﺘﻜﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺩﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺘﻌﺭﻀﻭﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﺫﻜﺭﻴﻥ ﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﺘﻌﻠﻤﺘﻤﻭﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻌﻅﻜﻡ ﻜﺒﻨﻴﻥ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺴﻔﺭ ﺍﻷﻤﺜﺎل )ﺃﻡ‪ ،(11 :3‬ﻴـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺒﻨﻰ ﻻ ﺘﺤﺘﻘﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺩﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ ﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻭﻻ ﺘﻀﻌﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻴﺄﺱ ﺇﻥ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻙ ﺘﻭﺒﻴﺨﹰـﺎ ﻓﻬـﻭ‬ ‫ﻷﺠل ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻙ ﻷﻨﻙ ﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﻭﻴﺭﻴﺩﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺤﺴﻥ ﺤﺎل ﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻭﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺒﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻜﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﻭﺏ ﻋﻨﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺍﺤﺘﻤل ﺠﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻷﺠﻠﻙ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻓﺎﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺒﺴـﻤﺎﺡ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻹﺼﻼﺡ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺌﻨﺎ ﻭﻨﻤﻭ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﺇﻥ ﺘﻘﺒﻠﺘﻡ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺤﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺩﻴﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺼﺒﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﻌﺘﻨﻰ ﺒﻜﻡ ﻜﺒﻨﻴﻥ ﻟـﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺄﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻻ ﻴﻬﻤل ﻀﻌﻔﻬﻡ ﻭﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀﻫﻡ ﺒل ﻴﺼﻠﺤﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﺩﻴﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﻨﻐﻭل ‪ :‬ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺸﺭﻋﻴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﺸﺘﺭﻜﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺭﻓﻀﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺩﻴﺏ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺤ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻹﺼﻼﺡ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﻟﺘﻘﺭﻴﺒﻬﻡ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺼﺭﺍﺭﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺩﻴﺏ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺒﻨﻭﺘﻜﻡ ﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺸﺭﻋﻴﻴﻥ ﻴﻬ ّﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺩﻗﻘﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻨﺴﺎﺒﻬﻡ ﻟﻴﺼﻠﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺩﻴﺏ ﺩﻟﻴل ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺠﻤﻠﺔ " ﻗﺩ ﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ" ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﺭﺍﻀﻴﺔ ﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ‬

‫‪92‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫اح الثﱠا ِنى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻜل ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻴﻘﺒﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺩﻴﺏ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﺴﻬﻼ ﺇﻥ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺒﻼ ﺘﺄﺩﻴﺏ ﻫﻡ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺴﻭﺍ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺘﹰﺎ ﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺨﻀﻭﻋﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﺄﺩﻴﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻨﻨﺎ ﻨﺤﺘﺭﻡ ﺁﺒﺎﺀﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩﻴﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻭﺒﺨﻭﻨﺎ ﻭﻋﺎﻗﺒﻭﻨﺎ ﻹﺼﻼﺡ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺎﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻨﺨﻀﻊ ﷲ ﺃﺒﻰ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺤﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﺠﺴﺎﺩﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻹﺼﻼﺡ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺤﻨﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺤﻴﺎ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻭﻨﺠﺩ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﺁﺒﺎﺅﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩﻴﻭﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺃﺩﱠﺒﻭﻨﺎ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺼﺭﻨﺎ ﻜﺒﺎﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺩﻴﺏ‬ ‫ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﺭﺃﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﺅﺩﺒﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﻨﺘﻔﻊ ﺭﻭﺤﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﺩﻭﺱ ﻻ ﻴﺨﻁﺊ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺘﺄﺩﻴﺒﻪ ﻨﺘﻘﺩﺱ ﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﻓﻨﺤﻴﺎ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻤﻊ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺒﺂﻻﻤﻬﺎ ﺃﺤﺯﺍ ﹰﻨﺎ ﻟﻺﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﺅﻗﺘﺔ ﻭﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﹸﺘ ﹶﻜﻭﱢﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻀﺎﺌل‬ ‫ﻭﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﺘﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻤﻌﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ ﻟﻴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻓﺎﻟﺘﺄﺩﻴﺏ ﻴﺒﺩﻭ ﺼﻌﺒًﺎ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻴﻨﺸﺊ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺴﻼﻤًﺎ ﻭﻓﺭﺤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻗﺒﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺩﻴﺏ ﻓﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﻟﺫﺓ ﻭﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻤﺅﻗﺘﺔ‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻘﺒﻬﺎ ﺤﺯﻨﹰﺎ ﻭﻫﻼﻜﹰﺎ ﺃﺒﺩﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺜﻕ ﺃﻥ ﻜل ﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﻤﺭ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻫﻰ ﻟﻨﻔﻌﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﺘﺫﻤﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻜـﻥ ﺃﻁﻠـﺏ ﻤﻌﻭﻨـﺔ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻟﺘﺤﺘﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻟﺘﺼﻕ ﺒﻪ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻓﺘﻨﻤﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴـﺔ ﻤﻤـﻥ‬

‫ﺤﻭﻟﻙ ﻷﻨﻙ ﻗﻭﻯ ﻭﺸﺨﺼﻴﺘﻙ ﺃﻨﻀﺞ ﻤﻥ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻤﺎ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﻠﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬مساعدة الضعفاء واإلحتراس من الخطية )ع‪:(17-12‬‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﺻَﻨﻌُﻮﺍ َﻷ ْﺭﺟُ ِﻠﻜﹸ ْﻢ َﻣﺴَﺎِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺨﻠﱠ َﻌﺔﹶ‪َ 13 ،‬ﻭﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟﻤُ َ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺍﻟﹾﻤُﺴَْﺘﺮْ ِﺧَﻴ ﹶﺔ َﻭﺍﻟﺮﱡ ﹶﻛ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﻗّ ﹺﻮﻣُﻮﺍ ﺍ َﻷﻳَﺎ ِﺩ َ‬ ‫‪ِ12‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻴﻊﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘﺪَﺍ َﺳ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ‬ ‫ﻼ َﻡ َﻣ َﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺸﻔﹶﻰ‪ِ14 .‬ﺍْﺗَﺒﻌُﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹺﺮﻱﱢ ُﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﻒ ﺍﻷَﻋْﺮَﺝُ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘﻘِﻴ َﻤﺔﹰ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻲ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ْﻌَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﻣُ ْ‬

‫ﺼَﻨ َﻊ‬ ‫ﺻﻞﹸ َﻣﺮَﺍ َﺭ ٍﺓ َﻭَﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﺃﺣَﺪٌ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤ ِﺔ ﺍﷲِ‪ِ .‬ﻟﹶﺌﻼﱠ َﻳ ﹾﻄﻠﹸ َﻊ ﹶﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﲔ ِﻟﹶﺌﻼﱠ َﻳﺨِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ِﺣ ِﻈ َ‬ ‫ﹺﺑﺪُﻭﹺﻧﻬَﺎ ﹶﻟ ْﻦ َﻳﺮَﻯ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱠ‪15 .‬ﻣُ ﹶ‬

‫‪93‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ﺲ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ﹶﻛِﺜﲑُﻭﻥﹶ‪ِ16 .‬ﻟﹶﺌﻼﱠ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ﺯَﺍﻧﹺﻴﹰﺎ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﻣُﺴَْﺘﺒﹺﻴﺤﹰﺎ ﹶﻛﻌِﻴﺴُﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛ ﹶﻠ ٍﺔ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ َﺪ ٍﺓ‬ ‫ﺍْﻧ ﹺﺰﻋَﺎﺟﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓَﻴَﺘَﻨﺠﱠ َ‬ ‫ﺠ ْﺪ ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ ْﻮَﺑ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﺙ ﺍﹾﻟَﺒ َﺮ ﹶﻛ ﹶﺔ ُﺭ ِﻓﺾَ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻉ َﺑﻜﹸﻮ ﹺﺭﻳﱠَﺘﻪُ‪ 17 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻜﹸ ْﻢ َﺗ ْﻌ ﹶﻠﻤُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ َﺑ ْﻌ َﺪ ﺫﹶﻟِﻚَ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟﻤﱠﺎ ﹶﺃﺭَﺍ َﺩ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ﹺﺮ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺑَﺎ َ‬ ‫َﻣﻜﹶﺎﻧﺎﹰ‪َ ،‬ﻣ َﻊ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻃ ﹶﻠَﺒﻬَﺎ ﹺﺑ ُﺪﻣُﻮﻉﹴ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :12‬ﺍﻷﻴﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺭﺨﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﺴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﻜﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻌﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺌﺴﻴﻥ ﻭﻓﺎﻗﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺘﺄﺩﻴﺏ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻴﺴﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺴل‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺄﺱ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﻴﺫ ﱢﻜﺭﻫﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﻜﻼﻡ ﺇﺸـﻌﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺒـﻰ ﻓـﻰ )ﺇﺵ‪ (3 :35‬ﺃﻥ ﻴﺸـﺠﻌﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﺴﻠﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎﺌﺴﻴﻥ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﺸﺩﺩﻭﺍ ﻭﻴﻭﺍﺼﻠﻭﺍ ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻁﺒﻌًﺎ ﻗﺒل ﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺓ ﺍﻵﺨـﺭﻴﻥ ﻴﺸـﺠﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻜﺴﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻴﺄﺴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﺍﺼﻨﻌﻭﺍ ﻷﺭﺠﻠﻜﻡ ﻤﺴﺎﻟﻙ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ :‬ﺇﺴﻠﻜﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻘﺎﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ل‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻌﺘﺴﻑ ‪ :‬ﻴﻀ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻋﺭﺝ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺸﻔﻰ ‪ :‬ﻴﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻀﻌﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﻔﻬﻤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺴﻠﻜﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻘﺎﻤﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻘﺘﺩﻯ ﺒﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺒﺘﻌﺩﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺱ ﻴﺘﺨﱠﻠﺼﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻀﻌﻔﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﺼﻴﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﻗﻭﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﻫﺘﻡ ﺒﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺘﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺼﻼﺡ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺌﻬﻡ ﺒﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻙ ﻭﻗﺩﻭﺘﻙ‬ ‫ﺒﺩ ﹰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻙ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﺭﺠﻭﻉ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺌﻬﻡ ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻙ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :14‬ﺇﺤﺘﻔﻅﻭﺍ ﺒﺴﻼﻤﻜﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻌﺎﻤﻼﺘﻜﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟـﻭ ﺍﻗﺘـﺩﻯ ﺫﻟـﻙ ﺒﻌـﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﻓﺘﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﺒﻼ ﺃﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺇﺴﺘﻐﻼل ﻟﻶﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﺸﺭﻁ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻹﻟﺘﺼﺎﻕ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﻴﺨﻴﺏ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﻴﻔﻘﺩ ﻋﻤل ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺭﻓﻀﻪ ﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪94‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫اح الثﱠا ِنى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻴﻁﻠﻊ ﺃﺼل ﻤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ‪ :‬ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻭﻴﻨﻤﻭ ﻨﺒﺎﺕ ﻁﻌﻤﻪ ﻤﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺇﻨﺤﺭﺍﻑ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺇﺼﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻨﺯﻋﺎﺠﺎ ‪ :‬ﻴﻀﺎﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺘﻨﺠﺱ ﺒﻪ ‪ :‬ﻴﻌﺜﺭ ﻭﻴﺴﻘﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻫﻡ ﻟﺭﻋﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺜﺒﺘﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﻴﺘﻤﺘﻌﻭﺍ ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻨﺤـﺭﻑ‬ ‫ﺃﺤﺩﻫﻡ ﻓﻴﻀﺎﻴﻕ ﻭﻴﻌﺜﺭ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16‬ﻴﺤ ﱢﺫﺭﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺩﻯ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺴﺘﻬﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺩﻯ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺴﺔ ﺤﺘـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺯﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻌل ﻋﻴﺴﻭ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﻬﺎﻥ ﺒﺒﻜﻭﺭﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﺃﻜﻠﺔ ﻋﺩﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺩﺨل ﻋﻴﺴﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺒﻴﻪ ﺇﺴﺤﻕ ﻁﺎﻟﺒًﺎ ﺒﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺤﻕ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺽ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺃﺨﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺠﺩ ﻟﻠﻨـﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺨﻴﻪ ﻴﻌﻘﻭﺏ‪ُ ،‬ﺭ ِﻓ َ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻜﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﺩﻤﻭﻉ ﻤﺘﻀﺭﻋًﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺄﺨﺫﻫﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴـﺘﻤﻜﻥ‬ ‫ﻙ ﻷﺠل ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﺒل ﻷﺠل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻷﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺒ ِ‬

‫)‪ (4‬مقارنة بين مجد العھدين )ع‪:(29-18‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﹴﻡ ﻭَﺯَﻭْﺑَﻌَﺔٍ‪19 ،‬ﻭَﻫُﺘَﺎﻑِ‬ ‫ﺏ َﻭ ﹶﻇ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺿﺒَﺎ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻣُﻀْ ﹶﻄ ﹺﺮ ﹴﻡ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َ‬ ‫‪َ 18‬ﻷﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﺗ ﹾﺄﺗُﻮﺍ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺟَﺒ ﹴﻞ َﻣ ﹾﻠﻤُﻮ ﹴ‬

‫ﺕ ﹶﻛ ِﻠﻤَﺎﺕٍ‪ ،‬ﺍ ْﺳَﺘ ْﻌﻔﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﺳ ِﻤﻌُﻮ ُﻩ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ُﺗﺰَﺍ َﺩ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﻛ ِﻠ َﻤﺔﹲ‪َ 20 ،‬ﻷﻧﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳﺤَْﺘ ِﻤﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻣَﺎ ﺃﹸ ِﻣ َﺮ ﹺﺑﻪِ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺻ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﻕ َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺑُﻮ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺴ ْﻬﻢﹴ‪َ 21 .‬ﻭﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻨ ﹶﻈﺮُ َﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ ﻣُﺨِﻴﻔﹰﺎ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ﻣُﻮﺳَﻰ‪» :‬ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ‬ ‫ﺠَﺒ ﹶﻞ ﺑَﻬﹺﻴﻤَﺔﹲ ُﺗ ْﺮ َﺟﻢُ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﺗُﺮْﻣَﻰ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫َﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ َﻣﺴﱠ ِ‬

‫ﻣُ ْﺮَﺗ ِﻌ ٌ‬ ‫ﺤﻲﱢ‪ :‬ﺃﹸﻭﺭُﺷَﻠِﻴﻢَ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎ ﹺﻭﻳﱠﺔِ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﻬَﻴ ْﻮﻥﹶ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﻣﺪِﻳَﻨ ِﺔ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻭﻣُﺮَْﺗ ِﻌﺪٌ!«‪َ22 .‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﹶﺃَﺗ ْﻴُﺘ ْﻢ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺟَﺒ ﹺﻞ ِ‬

‫ﺠﻤِﻴﻊﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﷲ َﺩﻳﱠﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎﻭَﺍﺕِ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺔ ﹶﺃْﺑﻜﹶﺎ ﹴﺭ َﻣ ﹾﻜﺘُﻮﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﻼِﺋ ﹶﻜﺔٍ‪َ 23 ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻛﻨﹺﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺤ ِﻔﻞﹸ َﻣ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺭَﺑَﻮَﺍﺕٍ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻀ ﹶﻞ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﻫَﺎﺑﹺﻴﻞﹶ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠﺪِﻳﺪِ‪َ :‬ﻳﺴُﻮﻉَ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺩ ﹺﻡ َﺭﺵﱟ َﻳَﺘ ﹶﻜﻠﱠﻢُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َ‬ ‫ﻂ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ ْﻬ ِﺪ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺃﹶﺑْﺮَﺍﺭﹴ ﻣُ ﹶﻜﻤﱠ ِﻠﲔَ‪َ 24 ،‬ﻭﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﻭﺳِﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ْﺭﻭَﺍ ﹺ‬

‫ﻚ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ْﻨﺠُﻮﺍ ﹺﺇ ِﺫ ﺍ ْﺳَﺘ ْﻌ ﹶﻔﻮْﺍ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤَﺘ ﹶﻜﻠﱢ ﹺﻢ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘ ْﻌﻔﹸﻮﺍ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﹾﻤَُﺘ ﹶﻜﻠﱢﻢﹺ‪َ .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺃﹸﻭﹶﻟِﺌ َ‬ ‫‪25‬ﹸﺍْﻧ ﹸﻈﺮُﻭﺍ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺽ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺭ َ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﻮﺗُﻪُ َﺯ ْﻋ َﺰ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْﺮَﺗﺪﱢﻳ َﻦ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎﺀِ‪26 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ َ‬ ‫ﺍ َﻷ ْﺭﺽﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﺒﹺﺎ َﻷ ْﻭﻟﹶﻰ ﹺﺟﺪّﹰﺍ ﹶﻻ َﻧ ْﻨﺠُﻮ َﻧ ْ‬

‫‪95‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ﻂ َﺑ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎ َﺀ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ«‪ 27 .‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ْﻮﻟﹸﻪُ‬ ‫ﺽ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺣِﻴَﻨِﺌﺬٍ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ْﺪ َﻭ َﻋ َﺪ ﻗﹶﺎِﺋﻼﹰ‪» :‬ﹺﺇﻧﱢﻲ َﻣﺮﱠ ﹰﺓ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ﺃﹸ َﺯﹾﻟ ﹺﺰﻝﹸ ﹶﻻ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺭ َ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﺼﻨُﻮ َﻋ ٍﺔ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻲ ﺗَﺒْﻘﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﹶﻻ َﺗَﺘ َﺰﻋْ َﺰﻉُ‪ِ28 .‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﲑ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺷﻴَﺎ ِﺀ ﺍﹾﻟﻤَُﺘ َﺰ ْﻋ ﹺﺰ َﻋ ِﺔ ﹶﻛ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫» َﻣﺮﱠ ﹰﺓ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ« َﻳ ُﺪ ﱡﻝ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ َﺗ ْﻐﹺﻴ ﹺ‬

‫ﻉ َﻭَﺗ ﹾﻘﻮَﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺨﺸُﻮ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺿﻴﱠﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑ ُ‬ ‫ﷲ ِﺧ ْﺪ َﻣ ﹰﺔ َﻣ ْﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﺪﻡُ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﻗﹶﺎﹺﺑﻠﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻣ ﹶﻠﻜﹸﻮﺗﹰﺎ ﹶﻻ َﻳَﺘ َﺰﻋْ َﺰﻉُ ِﻟَﻴﻜﹸ ْﻦ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪﻧَﺎ ﺷُﻜﹾﺮٌ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫َﻭَﻧ ْ‬

‫‪َ 29‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ َﻬﻨَﺎ ﻧَﺎﺭٌ ﺁ ِﻛ ﹶﻠﺔﹲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﻌﻘﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺘﻪ ﺒﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻋﺒﺭﺍﻨﻰ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻤﻨﺸﻐﻠﻴﻥ ﺒﺄﻤﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻋـﻥ ﻤﺠـﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺯﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺤﺘﻤﻠﻭﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﻌﻘﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻤﺠﺎﺩ ﺴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ (2‬ﺤﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻋﺒﺭﺍﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻤﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﺠـﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻊ ﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘـﺩﻴﻡ ﻟﻴﻌﻁـﻴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺼـﺎﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻅﻬﺭ ﺒﻨﺎﺭ ﻋﻅﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻤﻭﺱ ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﺎﺏ ﺸﺩﻴﺩًﺍ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺃﺼـﺒﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻅﻠﻤًﺎ ﻭﺃﺤﺎﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺒل ﻫﻭﺍﺀ ﻋﻨﻴﻑ ﻜﺯﻭﺍﺒﻊ ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻋﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﺨﻭﻓـﻪ ﻓـﻰ ﻗﻠـﻭﺏ‬ ‫ﺸﻌﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :19‬ﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﺼﻭﺕ ﺃﺒﻭﺍﻕ ﻓﺨﺎﻓﻭﺍ ﻭﻁﻠﺒﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﺴـﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴـﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻤـﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺜـﻡ‬ ‫ﻴﺨﺒﺭﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﻻ ﻴﺤﺘﻤﻠﻭﻥ ﺭﺅﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺴﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻭﻑ )ﺨﺭ‪.(19 :20‬‬ ‫ع‪ :20‬ﻗﺎل ﺍﷲ ﻟﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻤﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﺒل ﺃﻯ ﺤﻴﻭﺍﻥ ﻓﻼﺒﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻤﻭﺕ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻠﻤﺴﻭﻩ ﻫـﻡ‬ ‫ﺠﻡ ﻭﻴ ُﺭﻤَﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻌﻴﺩ ﺒﺴﻬﻡ )ﺨﺭ‪.(13 :19‬‬ ‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﻟﻤﺴﻪ ﻟﻠﺠﺒل ﺒل ُﻴﺭ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :21‬ﺫﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﺭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺨﻴ ﹰﻔﺎ ﺠ ًﺩﺍ ﻟﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻨﻔﺴـﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻡ "ﻜﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﷲ" ﻗﺎل "ﺃﻨﺎ ﻤﺭﺘﻌﺏ ﺠﺩًﺍ ﻭﻤﺭﺘﺠﻑ"‪.‬‬

‫‪96‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫اح الثﱠا ِنى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :22‬ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻅﻤﺔ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻭﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﻁﺒﻌًﺎ ﺃﻓﻀل ﻤﻥ ﺠﺒل ﺼﻬﻴﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺒﺠﻭﺍﺭ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻴﻘﺩﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :23‬ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺒﻜﺎﺭ ‪ :‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺒﻜﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﺒﺎﻷﺒﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴـﻴﻥ ﺍﻟـﺫﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻜﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻫﻡ ﻭﻴﻨﺎﻟﻭﻥ ﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺒﺭ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﻜﺘﻭﺒﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﺃﺴﻤﺎﺅﻫﻡ ﻤﻜﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﺃﻯ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺒﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﻜﻤﻠﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﻗﺩﻴﺴﻭﻥ ﺃﻜﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻭﺼﻠﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺘﻔﻴﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺜﺎﺒﺘﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺤـﻭل ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩل ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﺄﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ ﻭﻴﻜﻤل ﻜل ﻨﻘﺎﺌﺼﻬﻡ ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :24‬ﻭﺴﻴﻁ ‪ :‬ﺘﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﷲ ﻭﺼﻨﻊ ﺼﻠﺤًﺎ ﺒﻔﺩﺍﺌﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﺇﻴﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟـﺩﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻡ ﺭﺵ ‪ :‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺩﻤﻭﻴﺔ ﻴﺭﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﺒﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻭﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴـﺭﺵ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻯ ﻴﻜﻔﺭ ﻋﻨﺎ ﻭﻨﻨﺎل ﻏﻔﺭﺍﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺃﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﺭﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭل‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺃﻓﻀل ﻤﻥ ﻫﺎﺒﻴل ‪ :‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﻗﺘل ﻗﺎﻴﻴﻥ ﻟﻬﺎﺒﻴل ﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﻤﻪ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺃﻓﻀل ﻤﻥ ﻫﺎﺒﻴل ﻓﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺨﻼﺹ ﻭﻏﻔﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻭﺍﺼل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻯ ﻜﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﻴﺼـﺎﻟﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺩﻤﻪ ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺨﻼﺼًﺎ ﻷﻭﻻﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :25‬ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻔﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻡ ‪ :‬ﺘﺭﻓﻀﻭﺍ ﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻙ ‪ :‬ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﻨﺠﻭﺍ ‪ :‬ﻏﻀﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻓﻤﺎﺘﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﺴﻴﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﺩﺨﻠﻭﺍ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪ :‬ﻤﻭﺴﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪97‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﺤﺫﺭﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺭﺘﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﺠﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻭﺍﺌﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻗﺩ ﻏﻀﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻗﺩﻴﻤًﺎ ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺭﻓﻀﻭﺍ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟـﺩﺨﻭل ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﻋﺒﺩﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺠل ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺒﻰ ﻭﺴﻘﻁﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺫﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻬﻠﻜﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺎﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﻘـﺎﺏ ﻤـﻥ‬

‫ﻴﺭﺘﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺘﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﺨﻼﺼﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺘﺫﻜﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ ﻫﻰ ﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻴﺭﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻜل ﻴـﻭﻡ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻘﻭﺩ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ ﻓﺎﻫﺘﻡ ﺒﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﺘﻜﻥ ﻫﺩﻓﺎ ﻟﻙ ﻁﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :27 ،26‬ﺒﺼﻭﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺇﻫﺘﺯﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺒل ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﻜل‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺠﺊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ ﻓﺘﻬﺘﺯ ﻭﺘﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺴـﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴـﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺃﻯ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :28‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻨﺤﻥ ﻨﺴﺘﻌﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻨﺸﻜﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻌﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺘﻬﺎ ﻨﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﻨﺨﺩﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺘﺼﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺘﺭﻀﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﺃﻫﻭﺍﺌﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺒﺎﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﻭﺨﻭﻑ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺒﺒﺭ ﻭﺼﻼﺡ ﻭﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :29‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻕ‪ .‬ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻗﻭﺘﻪ ﻓﻴﺸﺒﻬﻪ ﺒﻨـﺎﺭ ﺘﺄﻜـل ﻜـل ﺍﻟﺸـﺭﻭﺭ ﻭﺘﻬﻠـﻙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺒﺱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ )ﺘﺙ‪ ،(24 :4‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﺒﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻨﺘﻭﺏ ﺃﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﺼ ّﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻓﺘﻨﺘﻅﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﺨﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺘﻨﺸﺊ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻨﺎ ﺭﻓﺽ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺒﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺴﻘﻁﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻨﺭﺠﻊ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺴﺭﻴﻌًﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﺘﻁﻬﺭ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻨﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﺩﺍﺌﻤًﺎ ﻭﻨﻌﺎﻴﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻨﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪98‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ش َر‬ ‫ث َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫اح الثﱠالِ ُ‬ ‫ش َر‬ ‫ث َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﻭﺻــﺎﻳــﺎ ﻋﻤـﻠﻴـﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬محبة اآلخرين والتعفف )ع‪:(7-1‬‬ ‫ﻼِﺋ ﹶﻜ ﹰﺔ َﻭ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ْﺪﺭُﻭﻥﹶ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻑ ﺃﹸﻧَﺎﺱٌ َﻣ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠﺔﹸ ﺍ َﻷ َﺧ ﹺﻮﻳﱠﺔﹸ‪ 2 .‬ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْﻨﺴُﻮﺍ ﹺﺇﺿَﺎ ﹶﻓ ﹶﺔ ﺍﹾﻟﻐُ َﺮﺑَﺎﺀِ‪َ ،‬ﻷ ﹾﻥ ﺑﹺﻬَﺎ ﹶﺃﺿَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ َ‬ ‫‪ِ1‬ﻟَﺘﺜﹾﺒُ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﺪِ‪ِ4 .‬ﻟَﻴﻜﹸ ﹺﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﱢﻭَﺍﺝُ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹶﻛﹶﺄﻧﱠﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﻳْﻀﹰﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫‪3‬ﹸﺍ ﹾﺫ ﹸﻛﺮُﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﻤُﻘﹶﻴﱠﺪِﻳ َﻦ ﹶﻛﹶﺄﻧﱠﻜﹸ ْﻢ ُﻣ ﹶﻘﻴﱠﺪُﻭ ﹶﻥ َﻣ َﻌ ُﻬﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍﹾﻟﻤُ ﹶﺬﻟﱢ َ‬ ‫ﲑﺗُ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺴَﻴﺪِﻳُﻨ ُﻬ ُﻢ ﺍﷲُ‪ِ5 .‬ﻟَﺘﻜﹸ ْﻦ ِﺳ َ‬ ‫ﺠﺲﹴ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎ ِﻫﺮُﻭ ﹶﻥ َﻭﺍﻟﺰﱡﻧَﺎ ﹸﺓ ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫ﺠﻊُ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ َﻧ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻀَ‬ ‫ُﻣ ﹶﻜﺮﱠﻣﹰﺎ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣﺪٍ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻚ« ‪َ 6‬ﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﺇﹺﻧﱠﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ﹶﺃْﺗﺮُﻛﹸ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹺﺑﻤَﺎ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﹸﻛﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ » :‬ﹶﻻ ﺃﹸ ْﻫ ِﻤﻠﹸ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟﻤَﺎﻝﹺ‪ .‬ﻛﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ ﻣُﻜﹾَﺘ ِﻔ َ‬ ‫ﺧَﺎِﻟَﻴ ﹰﺔ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺼَﻨﻊُ ﺑﹺﻲ ﹺﺇْﻧﺴَﺎﻥﹲ؟« ‪7‬ﹸﺍ ﹾﺫ ﹸﻛﺮُﻭﺍ ﻣُﺮْﺷِﺪِﻳ ﹸﻜ ُﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﹶﻛﻠﱠﻤُﻮ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹶﺃﺧَﺎﻑُ‪ .‬ﻣَﺎﺫﹶﺍ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫َﻧﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﻭَﺍِﺛ ِﻘﲔَ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱡ ﻣُﻌِﲔٌ ﻟِﻲ ﹶﻓ ﹶ‬ ‫ﲑِﺗ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﻓَﺘ َﻤﺜﱠﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﹺﺑﹺﺈﳝَﺎﹺﻧ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹺﺑ ﹶﻜ ِﻠ َﻤ ِﺔ ﺍﷲِ‪ .‬ﺍْﻧ ﹸﻈﺮُﻭﺍ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹺﻧﻬَﺎَﻳ ِﺔ ِﺳ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :2‬ﻴﻨﺒﻬﻬﻡ ﻟﻺﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﺈﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻰ ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﻥ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻬـﺎ ﺃﻋﻅـﻡ ﻤﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﻴﺘﺨﻴل‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻭﻟﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﺫﻴﻥ ﺃﻀﺎﻓﺎ ﺭﺠﺎﻻ ﻭﺍﻜﺘﺸﻔﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﺒل ﻓﻰ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﺒﻴﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻜﻴﻥ )ﺘﻙ‪.(2 ،1 :19 ، 2 : 18‬‬ ‫ل ﻤﻨﻔﺼﻠﻴﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻫﻡ ﻓـﻰ ﺁﻻﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ع‪ :3‬ﺃﺫﻜﺭﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻫﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻴﻭﺩ ﻭﻻ ﺘﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺒﺭﺝ ﻋﺎ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻗﻴﻭﺩ ﺤﺒﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻡ ﻗﻴﻭﺩ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﺫﻜﺭﻭﻫﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻜﻡ ﻭﺯﻴﺎﺭﺘﻜﻡ ﻟﻬـﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺘﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺤﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺇﻫﺘﻤﻭﺍ ﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﺍﻀـﻌﻴﻥ ﺃﻨﻔﺴـﻜﻡ‬ ‫ﻤﻜﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﻟﺘﺸﻌﺭﻭﺍ ﺒﺂﻻﻤﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪99‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ع‪ :4‬ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﺴﺭ ﻋﻅﻴﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﺴﻤﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻜل ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻫﻭ ﺇﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﻴﻥ ﻴﺘﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺯﻭﺠﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻴﺒﺘﻌﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻜل ﺍﻨﺤﺭﺍﻑ ﻀﺩ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﷲ )ﺭﻭ‪ (27 ،26 :1‬ﺤﺘـﻰ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻴﻨﺠﺴﻭﺍ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻬﺎﺠﻡ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺴﺔ ﺒﺄﻨﻭﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺴﻴﺩﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﻬﻠﻙ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﺼـ ّﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :6 ،5‬ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻫﻡ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺎل ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻤﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺼـﻭل ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎل‬ ‫ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺒل ﺍﷲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻗﻠﺔ ﻭﺠﻭﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻴﻀـﻌﻭﺍ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﻬﺒﻬﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻔﻴﻬﻡ ﻜﻭﻋﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺴﻔﺭ ﻴﺸﻭﻉ )ﻴﺵ‪ ،(5 :1‬ﻭﺃﻻ ﻴﻘﻠﻘﻭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻴﺨـﺎﻓﻭﺍ ﻤـﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﺩﻡ ﻜﻔﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﻡ ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻬﻡ ﻜﻔﺎﻴﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺜﻘﻭﺍ ﺒﻪ ﻤﺜل ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒـﻰ )ﻤـﺯ‪:118‬‬ ‫‪.(6‬‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﻴﻨﺒﻬﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻴﺔ ﺒﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻟﺘﺩﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﻗﺘﺩﺍﺀ‬ ‫ﺒﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄﺘﻪ ﺃﻓﺭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺩﺨﻠﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎﻟﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺘﻙ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻭﻟﻭ ﺼﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻫﺘﻡ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺒﺈﺭﺸﺎﺩﺍﺘﻬﻡ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﻀﺕ ﺃﻏﺭﺍﻀﻙ ﻭﻤﺯﺍﺠﻙ ﻓﻬﻰ ﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﻭﺠﻬﺔ ﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ذبائح العھد القديم والعھد الجديد )ع‪:(16-8‬‬ ‫ﺴ ٌﻦ‬ ‫ﺢ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻫُ َﻮ ﹶﺃﻣْﺴﹰﺎ َﻭﺍﹾﻟَﻴ ْﻮ َﻡ َﻭﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ َﻷَﺑﺪِ‪ 9 .‬ﹶﻻ ُﺗﺴَﺎﻗﹸﻮﺍ ﹺﺑَﺘﻌَﺎﻟِﻴ َﻢ ُﻣَﺘَﻨّ ﹺﻮ َﻋ ٍﺔ َﻭ ﹶﻏﺮﹺﻳَﺒﺔٍ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ُ‬ ‫‪َ8‬ﻳﺴُﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﺢ« ﹶﻻ ُﺳ ﹾﻠﻄﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ِﻟﻠﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨﱢﻌْﻤَﺔِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ﹺﺑﹶﺄ ﹾﻃ ِﻌ َﻤ ٍﺔ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ْﻨَﺘ ِﻔ ْﻊ ﹺﺑﻬَﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﺗﻌَﺎ ﹶﻃ ْﻮﻫَﺎ‪10 .‬ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ » َﻣ ﹾﺬَﺑ ٌ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ﹾﻠ ُ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُﹶﺜﺒﱠ َ‬ ‫ﺱ«‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ »ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻗﺪَﺍ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﻜ َﻦ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ﹾﺄﻛﹸﻠﹸﻮﺍ ِﻣ ْﻨﻪُ‪ 11 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﹾﺤَﻴَﻮَﺍﻧَﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﻳُ ْﺪ َﺧ ﹸﻞ ﹺﺑ َﺪ ِﻣﻬَﺎ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﺪﻣُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹺﺑ َﺪ ﹺﻡ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﱠ ْﻌ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀﺎﹰ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻲ ﻳُ ﹶﻘﺪﱢ َ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻳﺴُﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﺤﻠﱠﺔِ‪ِ12 .‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ َﻬَﻨ ِﺔ ﺗُ ْ‬ ‫ﹺﺑَﻴ ِﺪ َﺭﺋِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺝ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺤ َﺮﻕُ ﹶﺃ ْﺟﺴَﺎ ُﻣﻬَﺎ ﺧَﺎ ﹺﺭ َ‬

‫‪100‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ش َر‬ ‫ث َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺲ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ ﻫُﻨَﺎ ﻣَﺪِﻳﻨَﺔﹲ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻋَﺎ َﺭﻩُ‪َ 14 .‬ﻷ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻠﱠ ِﺔ ﺣَﺎ ِﻣ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺝ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺝ ﺇﹺﺫﹰﺍ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ِﻪ ﺧَﺎ ﹺﺭ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ُﺮ ْ‬ ‫ﺝ ﺍﹾﻟﺒَﺎﺏﹺ‪ 13 .‬ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠَﻨ ْ‬ ‫ﻧَﻔﹾﺴِﻪِ‪َ ،‬ﺗﹶﺄﻟﱠ َﻢ ﺧَﺎ ﹺﺭ َ‬ ‫ﻱ ﹶﺛ َﻤ َﺮ ِﺷﻔﹶﺎ ٍﻩ ﻣُﻌَْﺘ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻓ ٍﺔ ﺑﹺﺎ ْﺳ ِﻤﻪِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﺒﹺﻴﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْ‬ ‫ﲔ ِﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ ﹶﺫﺑﹺﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺑَﺎ ِﻗَﻴﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻜِﻨﱠﻨَﺎ َﻧ ﹾﻄﻠﹸﺐُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌﺘِﻴ َﺪﺓﹶ‪ 15 .‬ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠُﻨ ﹶﻘﺪﱢ ْﻡ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ﻓِﻲ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ِﺣ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺴﺮﱡ ﺍﷲُ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺢ ِﻣ ﹾﺜ ﹺﻞ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ُﻳ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﻴ ﹺﺮ َﻭﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْﻮﺯﹺﻳﻊَ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹺﺑ ﹶﺬﺑَﺎِﺋ َ‬ ‫‪َ 16‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْﻨﺴُﻮﺍ ِﻓ ْﻌ ﹶﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺜﺎﺒﺕ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻐﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻫﻭ ﺃﻤﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻴـﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﺒﺎﻹﻨﺠﻴل ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﻟﻴل ﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺩﻴﻤًﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻜل ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺢ ﻭﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺭﻤـﺯًﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻨﺜﺒﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺘﻪ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻨﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﻭﺩﻤﻪ ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻬﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﻸﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﻘﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻓﻬﻰ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴـﺔ‬ ‫ﻏﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﻠﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻜﻔﺎﻴﺔ ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺨﻼﺹ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺏ ﺭﻓﺽ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﻤﺫﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺩﻤﻪ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺴﻤﻭﺡ ﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺄﻜﻠﻭﺍ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﻴﻌﺘﻘﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺒﺄﻜل ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺒﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺘﺭﻤﺯ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12 ،11‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺴﻜﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺒﻨﻭ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻭﻴﻨﺼﺒﻭﻥ ﺨﻴﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﺤﻭل‬ ‫ﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ‪ :‬ﺃﺒﻭﺍﺏ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ‬ ‫ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺘﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻰ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻡ ﻜﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻴﺩﺨل ﺒﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺩﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺘﺤﺭﻕ ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﺔ )ﻻ‬ ‫‪ .(27 :16‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺘﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺼﻠﺏ ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺠﺜﺔ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﻔﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﻘﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ )ﻴﻭ‪.(20 :19‬‬

‫‪101‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ع‪ :14 ،13‬ﻴﺩﻋﻭ ﻕ‪ .‬ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻟﺘﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻤﺭﻜﺯﻫﺎ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ ﻭﻴﺨﺭﺠﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﺍﻹﻫﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺨﻭﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻜﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺤﺘﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺨﺯﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻷﺠﻠﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻨﺎ ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺤﻴﺎ ﺒﻔﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻭﺸﻬﻭﺍﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯﻩ ﻭﻨﺤﺘﻤل ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻷﺠل ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﺃﻯ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺘﻨﺯﻋﺞ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻟﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻤﺴﻜﻙ ﺒﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻙ ﻭﺍﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁـﻙ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺌﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻌﻠﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺜﻕ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﻫﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺇﻜﻠﻴل ﻓﺨﺭ ﻟﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺘﻐﻀﺏ ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻨﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻭﻀﺢ ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺌﻙ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻴﺭﻴـﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴـﻤﻌﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺭﻓﻀـﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﺘﺼﻤﺕ ﻭﺘﺤﺘﻤل ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﺘﺘﺯﻋﺯﻉ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺌﻙ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﺤﺘﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻜل ﺍﻹﻫﺎﻨـﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :16 ،15‬ﺒﻪ ‪ :‬ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻨﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻘﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫)ﻤﺯ‪ (16 :51‬ﻭﻫﻰ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻩ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺃﻯ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬اإلھتمام بالمرشدين والخضوع لھم )ع‪:(22-17‬‬ ‫ﻑ ُﻳ ْﻌﻄﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ِﺣﺴَﺎﺑﺎﹰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺴ َﻬﺮُﻭ ﹶﻥ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ُﻧﻔﹸﻮ ِﺳ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﻛﹶﺄﻧﱠﻬُ ْﻢ َﺳ ْﻮ َ‬ ‫ﻀﻌُﻮﺍ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫‪17‬ﺃﹶﻃِﻴﻌُﻮﺍ ُﻣ ْﺮ ِﺷﺪِﻳ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﻭﺍ ْﺧ َ‬ ‫ﺿﻤِﲑﹰﺍ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﱡﻮﺍ َﻷ ْﺟ ِﻠﻨَﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ َﻧِﺜﻖُ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹺﺑ ﹶﻔ َﺮﺡﹴ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ﺁﻧﱢﲔَ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﹶﻏ ْﻴﺮُ ﻧَﺎ ِﻓ ﹴﻊ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪َ 18 .‬‬ ‫ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻲ َﻳ ﹾﻔ َﻌﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻑ َﺣﺴَﻨﹰﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﺷ ْﻲﺀٍ‪َ 19 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻃﻠﹸﺐُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﹶﺜ َﺮ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﺗ ﹾﻔ َﻌﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻲ ﹸﺃ َﺭﺩﱠ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺼﺮﱠ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻧَﺘ َ‬ ‫ﺻَﺎِﻟﺤﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺭَﺍ ِﻏﹺﺒ َ‬

‫ﻑ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌﻈِﻴﻢَ‪ ،‬ﺭَﺑﱠﻨَﺎ َﻳﺴُﻮﻉَ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑ َﺪ ﹺﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ ْﻬ ِﺪ‬ ‫ﺨﺮَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺭَﺍ ِﻋ َﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﻡ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﹶﺃﻗﹶﺎ َﻡ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻣﻮَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﹺﺑﹶﺄ ﹾﻛﹶﺜ ﹺﺮ ﺳُ ْﺮ َﻋﺔٍ‪َ 20 .‬ﻭﹺﺇﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍﻟﺴﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻉ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻓِﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﻣَﺎ ُﻳ ْﺮﺿِﻲ ﹶﺃﻣَﺎ َﻣﻪُ ﹺﺑَﻴﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺢ ِﻟَﺘﺼَْﻨﻌُﻮﺍ َﻣﺸِﻴﹶﺌَﺘﻪُ‪ ،‬ﻋَﺎ ِﻣ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻷَﺑَﺪِﻱﱢ‪ِ21 ،‬ﻟُﻴ ﹶﻜﻤﱢ ﹾﻠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﻓِﻲ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﻋ َﻤ ﹴﻞ ﺻَﺎِﻟ ﹴ‬

‫ﺠ ُﺪ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﺃَﺑ ِﺪ ﺍﻵﹺﺑﺪِﻳﻦَ‪ .‬ﺁ ِﻣﲔَ‪َ 22 .‬ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻃﻠﹸﺐُ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﺃﹶﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹸ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﺗﺤَْﺘ ِﻤﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﹶﻛ ِﻠ َﻤ ﹶﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹶﻗﻠِﻴ ﹶﻠ ٍﺔ ﹶﻛَﺘ ْﺒﺖُ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ْﻋﻆِ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱢﻲ ﹺﺑ ﹶﻜ ِﻠﻤَﺎ ٍ‬

‫‪102‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ش َر‬ ‫ث َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :17‬ﻻ ﺁﻨﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﺄﻟﻤﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻟﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺤﺒﻭﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭﻭﻥ ﺨـﺩﻤﺘﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺴﻴﺤﺎﺴﺒﻭﺍ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﺨﺩﻤﻭﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﺄﻤﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻁﺎﻋﺘﻬﻡ ﺴﻴﺘﻌﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺠﻌل ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﺭﺍﻀﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻟﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻌﻭﺍ ﺘﻭﺼﻴل ﻜل ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺌﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﺒﺎﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻕ‪ .‬ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﺃﺒﻭﻫﻡ ﻭﻤﺭﺸﺩﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼﻠﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻷﺠﻠﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﺼﺭﻓﺎﺘﻪ ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﺤﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﻀﻤﻴﺭﻩ ﻤﺨﻠﺹ ﻟﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﻴﻜﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻁﺎﻟﺒﻬﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﺭﺸﺩﻴﻥ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﻅﻨـﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻁ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﺒل ﻓﺎﺌﺩﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :19‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻬﻡ ﻷﺠل ﺘﺴﻬﻴل ﺤﻀﻭﺭﻩ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻤﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﺍﻫﻡ ﻭﻫـﻭ‬ ‫ﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺼﻠﻪ ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻭﻴﺘﻤﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﺠﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻋﺎﺵ ﻭﺘﺘﻠﻤﺫ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :21 ،20‬ﺇﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ‪ :‬ﺍﻀﻁﺭ ﻕ‪ .‬ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻔﻨﻴﺩ ﺤﺠﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺭﻴﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﺩ ﻗﺎﻭﻤﻭﻩ ﻜﺜﻴﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻴﺘﻤﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺴﻼﻡ ﻴﻬﺒﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻤﺒﺘﻌﺩﻴﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﻤﻊ ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﻤﻌﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻗﺎﻡ ‪ :‬ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻜﺈﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻯ ﻻﻫﻭﺘﻪ ﺃﻗﺎﻡ ﻨﺎﺴﻭﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺘﻤﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺴﻼﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﺸﺊ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﻴﺢ ﻤـﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺭﺍﻋﻰ ﻨﻔﻭﺴﻨﺎ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺭﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺍﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴـﺯ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﻤﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﺒﻬﺎ ﻨﺭﻀﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴـﺘﻜﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻁﻭﺍل ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪103‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫سالَةُ إِلَى ا ْل ِع ْب َرا ِنيﱢينَ‬ ‫ال ﱢر َ‬

‫ع‪ :22‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻕ‪ .‬ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻗﺩ ﺍﻀﻁﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻔﻨﺩ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﻭﻴﺸﺭﺤﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻫـﺫﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﻌﺘﺫﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻘﺭﺃﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﺤﺘﻤـﺎﻟﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺨﺘﺼﺭ ﺠ ًﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻭ ﺘﺭﻙ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻴﺸﺭﺡ ﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻜﻥ ﻟﻁﻴﻔﹰﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻼﻤﻙ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻫﺘﻡ ﺒﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭﻫﻡ ﻭﺘﺤﻠﻰ ﺒﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﺫﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﺴـﺘﺌﺫﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﺴﺏ ﺴﺎﻤﻌﻴﻙ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (4‬وداع ختامى )ع‪:(25-23‬‬ ‫ﻑ ﹶﺃﺭَﺍ ﹸﻛﻢْ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃﺗَﻰ َﺳﺮﹺﻳﻌﺎﹰ‪َ 24 .‬ﺳﻠﱢﻤُﻮﺍ‬ ‫‪ِ23‬ﺍ ْﻋ ﹶﻠﻤُﻮﺍ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺃﹸ ﹾﻃ ِﻠ َﻖ ﺍ َﻷﺥُ ﺗِﻴﻤُﻮﺛﹶﺎ ُﻭﺱُ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ َﻣ َﻌﻪُ َﺳ ْﻮ َ‬

‫ﲔ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﱢﻢُ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴﻜﹸﻢُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺇﹺﻳﻄﹶﺎﻟِﻴَﺎ‪25 .‬ﺍﹶﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤﺔﹸ َﻣ َﻊ َﺟﻤِﻴ ِﻌ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪ .‬ﺁ ِﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺴﲔَ‪ .‬ﻳُ َ‬ ‫ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ َﺟﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ُﻣ ْﺮ ِﺷﺪِﻳ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﻭ َﺟﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘﺪﱢﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺇﹺﻳﻄﹶﺎِﻟﻴَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻋﻠﹶﻰ َﻳ ِﺪ ﺗِﻴﻤُﻮﺛﹶﺎﻭُﺱَ(‬ ‫)ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ْﺒﺮَﺍﹺﻧﻴﱢﲔَ‪ ،‬ﻛﹸِﺘَﺒ ْ‬

‫ﻙ‬ ‫ع‪ :23‬ﻟﻴﻜﻥ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤًﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻜﻡ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺤﺒﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺥ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺘﻌﺭﻓﻭﻨﻪ ﺠﻴ ًﺩﺍ ﻗﺩ ﻓﹸـ ﱠ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺴﺠﻨﻪ ﻭﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﻰ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺁﺘﻰ ﻭﺃﺭﺍﻜﻡ ﻗﺭﻴﺒًﺎ ﺠﺩًﺍ ﺇﻥ ﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻭﻋﺸﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :24‬ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﺘﻭﺼﻴل ﺴﻼﻤﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺭﺸﺩﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﺌﻭﻟﻭﻥ ﻋـﻥ ﺭﻋﺎﻴـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺼﻌﺏ ﺘﻭﺼﻴل ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟـﻴﻬﻡ ﻟﻴﻘﺭﺃﻭﻨﻬـﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻴﺭﺴل ﺴﻼﻡ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺤﻭﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺇﻴﻁﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻜﺘﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :25‬ﻴﺘﻤﻨﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺨﺘﺎﻡ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻌﻤل ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻴﻬﻡ ﺩﺍﺌﻤًﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻗﺩ ﺃﻤﻠـﻰ‬

‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺒﺈﻴﻁﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻷﻥ ﻨﻅﺭﻩ ﻀﻌﻴﻑ ﻓﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻤﻥ‬

‫ﻴﻜﺘﺏ ﻟﻪ ﺭﺴﺎﺌﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﺘﻠﻤﻴﺫﻩ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﻭﻤﻘﺒﻭل ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻓﺄﻤــﻪ ﻭﺠﺩﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺘﺎﻥ )ﺃﻉ‪ (3-1 :16‬ﻓﻴﺴﻬل ﻫﺫﺍ ﻗﺒﻭﻟﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪104‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ش َر‬ ‫ث َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻭﺴﻴﻁﺎ ﺒﻴﻨﻙ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺁﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﻫﺘﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻘﺒﻭﻻ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﻭﺒًﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﻡ ﻟﻴﺘﺴـﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻓﺎﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺒﻴﻨﻙ ﻭﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻴﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﻨﻔﺴﻴًﺎ ﻭﻴﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺸﺨﺹ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﻭﺏ ﻟﺩﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪105‬‬

‫‪‬‬